openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

November 2015

24 participants
835 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94806 - trunk/yast/sr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:51:48 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94806 Modified: trunk/yast/sr/po/packager.sr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/sr/po/packager.sr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sr/po/packager.sr.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) +++ trunk/yast/sr/po/packager.sr.po 2015-11-10 12:51:48 UTC (rev 94806) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-04 19:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Жарко Михајловић <developer(a)beotel.net>\n" "Language-Team: Serbian (Српски језик) <sr(a)li.org>\n" @@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Име" @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -528,8 +528,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Покрећем..." @@ -563,89 +563,104 @@ msgstr "Konfigurisanje" #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "Portugalija" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Paket" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Овај YaST2 модул не подржава интерфејс командне линије." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Подразумевано" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Непознато" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Директоријум\n" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servis" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Доступна складишта" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 #, fuzzy msgid "All services" msgstr "Servis" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servis" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Portugalija" @@ -653,7 +668,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Омогућено" @@ -662,111 +677,111 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Осве&жи" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servis" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "" # window title for exit dialog #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Регистрована складишта" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refreshing repository " msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Освежавам складиште" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Server" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Омогућено" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Аутоматске промене" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Осве&жи" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" # window title for exit dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Завршавам..." # window title for exit dialog #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "Завршавам..." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -776,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -785,7 +800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -798,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -808,31 +823,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -840,7 +855,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -848,75 +863,75 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurisanje" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Освежавам складиште" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Освежавам складиште" # window title for exit dialog -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Регистрована складишта" # window title for exit dialog -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Регистрована складишта" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Освежавам складиште" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Освежавам складиште" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "" # window title for exit dialog #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -924,14 +939,14 @@ msgstr "Завршавам..." #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -940,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1381,52 +1396,52 @@ # window title for exit dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Завршавам..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Линукс — безбедна подешавања" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Линукс — безбедна подешавања" # window title for exit dialog -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Регистрована складишта" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Освежавам складиште" # window title for exit dialog -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Завршавам..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Освежавам складиште" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "Линукс — безбедна подешавања" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1438,7 +1453,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1446,19 +1461,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1471,19 +1486,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1492,62 +1507,62 @@ # bug: string composition #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr " без додатних аргумената" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Додатне информације" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" # progress stages #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Инсталирани &пакети" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94805 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:51:38 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94805 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/autoinst.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:18+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -24,8 +24,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." +msgstr "Executant scripts d'instal·lació automàtica a l'entorn d'instal·lació..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 @@ -125,11 +124,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema " -"actual" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Client per la creació de la configuració d'un perfil d'autoyast al sistema actual" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -157,30 +153,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el " -"camí\n" -"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació " -"especificada." +"Aquest diàleg permet copiar el contingut del fitxer i especificar el camí\n" +"final al sistema instal·lat. El YaST2 copiarà aquest fitxer a la ubicació especificada." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els " -"permisos dels fitxers.\n" -"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos " -"poden ser una\n" -"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que " -"representa\n" +"Si voleu protegir els fitxers copiats, definiu el propietari i els permisos dels fitxers.\n" +"El propietari es defineix amb la sintaxi userid:groupid. Els permisos poden ser una\n" +"representació simbòlica dels canvis que es poden fer o un número octal que representa\n" "el patró de bits dels nous permisos." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -254,17 +242,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses " -"aplicacions i serveis\n" +"És possible que prepareu un fitxer de configuració per a diverses aplicacions i serveis\n" "que s'hagi de copiar íntegrament al sistema instal·lat, per exemple, si\n" -"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració " -"httpd.conf." +"esteu instal·lant un servidor web i heu preparat un fitxer de configuració httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -289,8 +273,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" +msgstr "Configurant el sistema en funció de les opcions de la instal·lació automàtica" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unsupported sections of the profile @@ -307,8 +290,7 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la " -"configuració." +"Si us plau, useu, p. e., <scripts/> o <files/> per canviar-ne la configuració." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile @@ -319,16 +301,13 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " -"YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" -"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest " -"sistema:\n" +"Aquestes seccions del perfil d'AutoYaST no es poden processar en aquest sistema:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui " -"tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." +"Pot ser que no estiguin ben escrites o que el vostre perfil no contingui tots els paquets necessaris del YaST a la secció <software/>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -538,8 +517,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." +msgstr "Espereu mentre el sistema es prepara per a la instal·lació automàtica." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -703,12 +681,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els " -"missatges d'instal·lació,\n" +"En funció de l'experiència que tingueu, podeu passar per alt els missatges d'instal·lació,\n" "a més de registrar-los o mostrar-los (amb temps d'espera). \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -717,8 +693,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "És recomanable mostrar tots els missatges amb el temps d'espera.\n" -"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han " -"d'ignorar.\n" +"En algunes ocasions es poden ometre les advertències encara que no s'han d'ignorar.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -733,14 +708,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a " -"Detallat per\n" +"Seleccioneu una de les següents seleccions base i feu clic a Detallat per\n" "a afegir més seleccions i paquets complementaris.\n" "\n" @@ -752,11 +725,8 @@ msgstr "Ubicació de la font d'instal·lació (com http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu " -"aquesta opció)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "La font d'instal·lació d'aquest sistema (no podeu crear imatges si trieu aquesta opció)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -771,37 +741,29 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Tipus de declaració a /etc/fstab:\n" "\tNormalment els sistemes de fitxers a muntar es defineixen a /etc/fstab\n" -"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que " -"és més convenient\n" -"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de " -"fitxers\n" -"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" +"\tmitjançant el seu nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom pot canviar, de manera que és més convenient\n" +"\tfer servir el seu UUID o l'etiqueta de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"\tes poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada, això no serà possible.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. " -"En general, només\n" +"\t El nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "\t és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "\t L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" "\t" @@ -902,8 +864,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers " -"vàlid\n" +"Heu triat crear la partició,però no heu seleccionat un sistema de fitxers vàlid\n" "Seleccioneu-ne un per continuar.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -972,11 +933,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/" -"boot\" o \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "La mida \"auto\" només és vàlida si s'ha seleccionat el punt de muntatge \"/boot\" o \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1043,12 +1001,9 @@ "No s'ha trobat ni obtingut cap perfil per a aquest ordinador.\n" "Comproveu que heu especificat la ubicació correcta a\n" "la línia d'ordres i torneu-ho a provar. A causa d'aquest error, només\n" -"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu " -"utilitzant\n" -"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de " -"reiniciar\n" -"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de " -"control.\n" +"podeu introduir un URL a un perfil i no pas a un directori. Si esteu utilitzant\n" +"fitxers de control basats en normes o en noms de l'equip, haureu de reiniciar\n" +"el procés d'instal·lació i comprovar que podeu accedir als fitxers de control.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -1084,8 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi " -"\"&product;.\n" +"es mostren ací. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual vulgueu instal·lar-hi \"&product;.\n" "" #. force help text width @@ -1158,9 +1112,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de " -"control. \n" +msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta interfície per a definir les classes dels fitxers de control. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1275,8 +1227,7 @@ "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de " -"pertànyer\n" +"Seleccioneu alguna de les classes llistades, a les quals hauria de pertànyer\n" "el fitxer de control actual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 @@ -1453,12 +1404,8 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema " -"actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del mòdul '%1' al vostre sistema actual?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1472,11 +1419,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Realment voleu aplicar els paràmetres del perfil al vostre sistema actual?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1615,13 +1559,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "S'ha importat el fitxer Kickstart.\n" -"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i " -"les\n" +"Comproveu la sintaxi importada i assegureu-vos que la selecció de paquets i les\n" "particions s'han importat correctament." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1751,32 +1693,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma " -"predeterminada\n" -"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema " -"durant\n" -"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la " -"pantalla \n" -"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació " -"automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" +"L'opció de confirmació de la instal·lació està seleccionada de forma predeterminada\n" +"per a evitar instal·lacions no desitjades. Aquesta opció atura el sistema durant\n" +"la instal·lació i mostra un resum de les operacions sol·licitades a la pantalla \n" +"habitual de suggeriments. Desmarqueu aquesta opció per fer una instal·lació automàtica sense cap interrupció.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode " -"manual\n" +"Si desactiveu la segona fase de l'AutoYaST, la instal·lació continua en mode manual\n" "després de la primera arrencada (després de la instal·lació del paquet).\n" "\n" @@ -1813,8 +1748,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" +msgstr "Llista de camins de les respostes (camins múltiples separats per espai)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1921,15 +1855,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord " -"amb el DTD i\n" -"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en " -"manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" +"Aquesta eina utilitza xmllint per a validar el perfil d'acord amb el DTD i\n" +"comprova si hi manquen dades. És possible que estigui previst que en manquin; llavors els missatges d'error\n" "es poden ignorar, per exemple, quan es creen classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -1950,24 +1881,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de " -"configuració.\n" +"Per a importar un fitxer Kickstart, introduïu el camí del fitxer de configuració.\n" "Les dades importades es carregaran al sistema de gestió de la configuració \n" -"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE." -"\n" +"per a afegir opcions de configuració addicionals de les que disposa el SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Per a crear un perfil de referència, aquesta eina llegeix\n" -"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de " -"llegir\n" -"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets." -"\n" +"informació del sistema. Seleccioneu els recursos del sistema que s'han de llegir\n" +"a més dels recursos estàndard com ara les particions i seleccions de paquets.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1975,12 +1901,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al " -"sistema de destinació.\n" +"A la taula de la dreta es mostren les particions que es crearan al sistema de destinació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -2018,8 +1942,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si no s'ha definit cap partició i el disc indicat també és el \n" @@ -2039,58 +1962,40 @@ msgstr "Opcions avançades" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions " -"noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 " -"creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es " -"pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Per defecte, l'AutoYaST2 crea una partició ampliada i afegeix les particions noves com a dispositius lògics. No obstant això, és possible que l'AutoYaST2 creï una partició determinada com a partició primària o ampliada. A més, es pot definir la mida d'una partició en sectors en comptes de fer-ho en Mbytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden " -"configurar\n" -"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de " -"control de forma manual.\n" +"Aquestes opcions, igual que altres opcions avançades, no es poden configurar\n" +"des d'aquesta interfície. En comptes d'això, s'han d'afegir al fitxer de control de forma manual.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la " -"configuració\n" -"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear " -"particions LVM i RAID\n" +"Per a la configuració d'LVM i RAID, consulteu la documentació i afegiu la configuració\n" +"a un fitxer de control existent. Per a preparar-se, només podeu crear particions LVM i RAID\n" "sense formatar.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol HTTP(S). El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha " -"retornat el codi %2." +msgstr "No es pot trobar l'URL '%1' mitjançant el protocol FTP. El servidor ha retornat el codi %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 @@ -2170,23 +2075,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts anteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la " -"instal·lació. \n" +"Podeu afegir ordres per a executar al sistema abans que comenci la instal·lació. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts posteriors a la instal·lació</h3>\n" -"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha " -"acabat\n" +"A més, podeu afegir-hi ordres per a executar al sistema una vegada ha acabat\n" "la instal·lació. Aquests scripts s'executen fora de l'entorn chroot.\n" "" @@ -2198,8 +2100,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2207,10 +2108,8 @@ "<H3>Scripts Chroot</H3>\n" "Per a executar els scripts posteriors a la instal·lació a l'entorn\n" "chroot, seleccioneu les opcions de l'script chroot. Aquests scripts\n" -"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els " -"scripts \n" -"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del " -"sistema \n" +"s'executen abans que el sistema arranqui per primer cop. Per defecte, els scripts \n" +"chroot s'executen al sistema d'instal·lació. Per a accedir als fitxers del sistema \n" "instal·lat, utilitzeu sempre el punt de muntatge \"/mnt\" als scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2219,15 +2118,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Podeu executar els scripts chroot en una fase posterior quan\n" -"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana " -"especial \"chrooted\".\n" +"el carregador de l'arrencada s'ha configurat mitjançant l'etiqueta booleana especial \"chrooted\".\n" "Aquesta operació permet executar els scripts al sistema instal·lat. \n" "\n" @@ -2257,15 +2154,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Intèrpret:</H3>\n" -"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts " -"d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" +"Els scripts anteriors a la instal·lació només poden ser scripts d'intèrpret d'ordres. No utilitzeu Perl ni \n" " Python per als scripts anteriors a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" @@ -2275,43 +2170,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accés a la xarxa:</H3>\n" -"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa " -"s'inhabilita i\n" +"Durant l'execució d'scripts posteriors a la instal·lació, la xarxa s'inhabilita i\n" "requereix l'inici dels scripts per fer que la xarxa estigui disponible. Una\n" -"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és " -"utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" -"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. " -"Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" -"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior " -"a la instal·lació.\n" +"alternativa per als scripts posteriors a la instal·lació amb xarxa és utilitzar scripts d'inici, que\n" +"garanteixen un sistema completament configurat en executar les seqüències. Si heu fet una instal·lació\n" +"en una xarxa, podeu utilitzar l'opció Xarxa per a l'script posterior a la instal·lació.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Retroacció i depuració:</H3>\n" -"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un " -"quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" -"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que " -"us poden ajudar\n" +"Tots els scripts, excepte els d'inici, poden mostrar STDOUT+STDERR en un quadre emergent com a retroacció.\n" +"Si activeu la depuració, obtindreu més sortides al diàleg de retroacció que us poden ajudar\n" "a depurar l'script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2399,15 +2283,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar " -"la instal·lació\n" -"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la " -"instal·lació.\n" +"Si afegiu seqüències al procés d'instal·lació automàtic, podeu personalitzar la instal·lació\n" +"en funció de les necessitats i intervenir en diferents etapes de la instal·lació.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2427,21 +2308,15 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML " -"notifica:\n" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error a l'anàlisi del fitxer de regles. L'analitzador XML notifica:\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de " -"l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "L'analitzador XML ha informat d'un error en analitzar el perfil de l'autoyast. El missatge d'error és:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2454,10 +2329,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No s'han pogut recuperar les classes definides en funció de l'usuari.\n" -"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són " -"disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" -"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb " -"el fitxer de control original\n" +"Comproveu que totes les classes estan definides correctament i són disponibles per a aquest sistema\n" +"a través de la xarxa o localment. No és possible instal·lar el sistema amb el fitxer de control original\n" "sense utilitzar les classes.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2522,18 +2395,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics " -"als disponibles\n" -"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el " -"sistema, es recullen les dades\n" +"La majoria del mòduls utilitzats per a crear la configuració són idèntics als disponibles\n" +"mitjançant el Centre de control del YaST2. En comptes de configurar el sistema, es recullen les dades\n" "introduïdes i s'exporten al fitxer de control que es pot utilitzar per\n" "a instal·lar un altre sistema mitjançant l'AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2541,13 +2410,11 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "A més dels mòduls existents i coneguts,\n" -"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i " -"complexes, incloses\n" +"s'han creat interfícies noves per a les configuracions especials i complexes, incloses\n" "les particions, les opcions generals i el programari.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2666,17 +2533,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no " -"existeix." +msgstr "No es pot tornar a utilitzar el grup de volums %1. El grup de volums no existeix." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, " -"proporcioneu-ne un." +msgstr "El grup de volums '%1' ha de tenir com a mínim un volum físic. Si us plau, proporcioneu-ne un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2765,24 +2628,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. " -"Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "La creació de la imatge ha fallat mentre s'instal·laven els patrons. Comproveu /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creant la imatge - instal·lant els paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu " -"el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la creació de la imatge mentre s'instal·laven els paquets. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image." #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 @@ -2794,18 +2649,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Ara podeu fer canvis a la imatge a %1/\n" -"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a " -"ser modificada." +"Si premeu el botó d'acord, la imatge serà comprimida i ja no podrá tornar a ser modificada." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Ha fallat la compressió de la imatge a '%1'. Reviseu el fitxer de registre /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2818,8 +2669,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "no s'ha pogut obtenir el fitxer directory.yast a `%1`.\n" -"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no " -"existeix." +"Podeu crear aquest fitxer amb la comanda 'ls -F > directory.yast' si no existeix." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 @@ -2847,12 +2697,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un " -"fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" +"Podeu fer els canvis a la imatge ISO ara mateix a %1, com afegir-hi un fitxer XML d'autoyast completament diferent.\n" "Si premeu el botó d'acord, es crearà la imatge ISO." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2894,21 +2742,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " -"secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció del programari al perfil de l'autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al " -"disc dur. Falten %1 MB" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "El pla de particions configurat en el vostre perfil XML no es pot encabir al disc dur. Falten %1 MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2937,8 +2777,7 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "S'han trobat diverses particions arrel. No s'ha configurat\n" -"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a " -"terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" +"la partició que s'ha d'utilitzar, per la qual cosa no és possible dur a terme una instal·lació automàtica.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2956,9 +2795,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." -msgstr "" -"Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues " -"vegades." +msgstr "Perfil de l'AutoYaST encriptat. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya dues vegades." #. Save sections of current profile to separate files #. @@ -2973,8 +2810,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." -msgstr "" -"Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." +msgstr "Perfil encriptat de l'AutoYaST. Si us plau, escriviu la contrasenya correcta." #. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 @@ -2991,8 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "D'&acord" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." +#~ msgstr "El perfil de l'autoyast resultant es pot trobar a /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Configura el nivell d'execució" @@ -3015,28 +2850,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Introduïu la informació de la partició segons les vostres\n" -#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el " -#~ "número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el " -#~ "recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" +#~ "necessitats. Si voleu reutilitzar una partició existent, introduïu el número de la partició de la partició existent que voleu reutilitzar (el recompte comença amb la partició número 1) i no introduïu cap mida.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les " -#~ "particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de " -#~ "la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup " -#~ "de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Pel que fa a les particions que formen part d'un grup de volum (no les particions lògiques dins d'un grup de volum), establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e i, tot seguit, seleccioneu el grup de volum. El grup de volum ha d'haver estat configurat prèviament amb l'AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la documentació en línia.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3090,23 +2915,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu la mida de la partició o el número d'una partició." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." +#~ msgstr "Per a reutilitzar una partició es necessita el número de la partició." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, " -#~ "assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició " -#~ "d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en " -#~ "aquelles particions.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu crear i editar els grups de volum. A continuació, assigneu particions físiques al grup de volum del diàleg de la partició d'un disc dur físic. Establiu l'identificador de la partició a 0x8e en aquelles particions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -95,18 +95,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " -"de l'arrencada \n" -"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador " -"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" -"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i " -"tot\n" +"Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada \n" +"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n" +"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n" "si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -127,12 +122,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Temps d'espera en segons \n" -"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es " -"carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" +"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -144,156 +137,109 @@ "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" " Si premeu Defineix com a predeterminat, la secció\n" -"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " -"d'arrencada mostrarà \n" -"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un " -"altre\n" -"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el " -"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" -"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les " -"seccions en\n" -"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" -"b>.\n" +"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n" +"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n" +"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n" +"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n" +"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el " -"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del " -"sistema operatiu que\n" +"<big>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n" "arrenca la partició activa)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions " -"recomanades, l'altra és\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n" "Arrenca des de la partició arrel." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana " -"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" +"L'opció Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n" "a l'ordinador." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que " -"hi hagi una partició\n" -"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de " -"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi " -"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" -" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre " -"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" +"Arrenca des de la partició arrel és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n" +"apropiada. Seleccioneu Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada i Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR\n" +" a Opcions del carregador d'arrencada per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per a iniciar la secció." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la " -"partició d'arrel \n" +"Arrenca des de la partició ampliada s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n" "es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar " -"la partició des d'on arrencar." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "L'opció Partició d'arrencada personalitzada us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la " -"taula MD\n" +"Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. Activar la redundància per a la taula MD\n" "permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a " -"utilitzar\n" -"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info " -"grub2</code>) per a més detalls." +"Usa la consola de sèrie us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n" +"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Definició de terminal \n" -"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. " -"e. una consola de sèrie),\n" -"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" -"code> a l'ordre,\n" +"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu usar. Per a un terminal de sèrie (p. e. una consola de sèrie),\n" +"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a l'ordre,\n" "com a <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en què premeu\n" "qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com a terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté " -"una llista de números de secció\n" -"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no " -"arrenqui." +"L'opció Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada conté una llista de números de secció\n" +"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú " -"d'arrencada." +msgstr "Si se selecciona Oculta el menú a l'arrencada, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Protegeix el carregador d'arrencada amb contrasenya \n" -"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada " -"requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació " -"de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-" -"ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només " -"acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya</" -"b>." +"A l'arrencada, la modificació o fins i tot la càrrega de qualsevol entrada requerirà la contrasenya. Si hi ha marcat Només protegeix la modificació de l'entrada, no es restringeix la càrrega de cap entrada però modificar-ne sí (aquesta és la manera com el GRUB 1 es comportava). El YaST només acceptarà la contrasenya si la repetiu a Torneu escriure la contrasenya." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -316,9 +262,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició " -"d'arrencada" +msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 @@ -484,38 +428,20 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els " -"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que " -"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "L'opció Mode Vga defineix el mode VGA per a la consola que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-" -"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatiusper mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que " -"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu " -"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "La Bandera MBR protectora és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -605,9 +531,7 @@ #. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de " -"manera adient." +msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient." #. file open popup caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 @@ -619,9 +543,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador " -"d'arrencada." +msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 @@ -735,17 +657,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Amb el botó Altres,\n" -"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" -"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de " -"zero o\n" +"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" +"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n" "tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -754,8 +672,7 @@ "To edit boot loader configuration files\n" "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" -"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" +"Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n" "premeu Edita els fitxers de configuració." #. help 1/4 @@ -772,9 +689,7 @@ msgid "" " Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" "selected section." -msgstr "" -"Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció " -"seleccionada." +msgstr "Premeu Edita per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada." #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 @@ -786,17 +701,13 @@ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." msgstr "" -"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció " -"seleccionada \n" -"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador " -"d'arrencada \n" +"En prémer Defineix com a opció predeterminada, la secció seleccionada \n" +"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n" "mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n" "seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n" "prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n" -"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les " -"seccions\n" -"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall</" -"B>." +"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n" +"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons Amunt i Avall." #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 @@ -804,8 +715,7 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador " -"d'arrencada,\n" +"Premeu Afegeix per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n" "o bé, Suprimeix per suprimir la secció seleccionada." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -837,19 +747,16 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</" -"tt> (arrel) \n" +"- Al Sector d'arrencada de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n" ". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n" ". Seleccioneu Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada i\n" -"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del " -"carregador d'arrencada\n" +"Reemplaça l'MBR per codi genèric a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada\n" "per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n" "si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n" "per iniciar &product;." @@ -862,8 +769,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del " -"sistema\n" +"- A Altres particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n" "en seleccionar aquesta opció." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -876,8 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n" "que limita l'arrencada a\n" -"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada " -"utilizat,\n" +"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n" "podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 @@ -888,8 +793,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</" -"tt> o\n" +"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -900,10 +804,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com " -"ara el mapa\n" -"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador " -"d'arrencada." +"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n" +"del dispositiu), feu clic a Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 @@ -913,8 +815,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada \n" -"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu " -"instal·lar,\n" +"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n" "feu servir Carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -925,8 +826,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada \n" -"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, " -"feu clic a\n" +"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n" "Opcions del carregador d'arrencada." #. help text 1/1 @@ -937,21 +837,18 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Configuració manual avançada \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador " -"d'arrencada.\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.\n" "Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de la secció \n" -"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del " -"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" +"Utilitzeu Nom de la secció per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n" "de secció ha de ser únic." #. help text 1/5 @@ -980,8 +877,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres " -"imatges\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció d'imatge per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n" "per carregar i iniciar." #. help text 4/5 @@ -990,8 +886,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una " -"altra imatge,\n" +"Seleccioneu Secció del Xen per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n" "però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1002,20 +897,17 @@ "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena) per afegir\n" -"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del " -"disc.\n" +"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n" "Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el Menú de secció per afegir una secció que\n" -"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix " -"per\n" +"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n" "arrencar altres sistemes operatius." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1068,8 +960,7 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada " -"sense desar-la?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n" "Es perdran tots els canvis.\n" #. error popup @@ -1091,8 +982,7 @@ #. sentence. #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "" -"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" +msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n" #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 @@ -1143,11 +1033,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les " -"particions." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions." #. Represents dialog for modification of device map #: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 @@ -1171,17 +1058,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no " -"està disponible." +msgstr "La partició personalitzada del carregador d'arrencada seleccionada %s ja no està disponible." #. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and #. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't #: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" -"La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al " -"dispositiu %{device}." +msgstr "La ubicació seleccionada del carregador d'arrencada %{path} ja no és al dispositiu %{device}." #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 @@ -1222,78 +1105,45 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible " -"que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les " -"particions" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita " -"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no " -"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 @@ -1335,60 +1185,36 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador " -"%2" +msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers " -"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-" -"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com " -"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra " -"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR." #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." +msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap " -"d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "La bandera d'activació no l'ha establerta l'instal·lador. Si no n'hi ha cap d'establerta, algunes BIOS podrien refusar l'arrencada." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" -"L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un " -"codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgstr "L'instal·lador no modificarà l'MBR del disc. Si no és que ja contingui un codi d'arrencada, la BIOS no podrà arrencar el disc." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 @@ -1460,52 +1286,36 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Desant la configuració del carregador d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " -#~ "create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli " -#~ "usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " +#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "El distribuïdor especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. " #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "D&istribuïdor" #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " -#~ "a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -#~ "code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " -#~ "which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Definició del terminal \n" -#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal " -#~ "sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" -#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</" -#~ "code> a\n" -#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en " -#~ "el qual\n" +#~ "Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n" +#~ "heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n" +#~ "l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n" #~ "premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " -#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador \n" -#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú " -#~ "d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" +#~ "Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n" #~ "a l'opció Repeteix la contrasenya." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir " -#~ "els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." +#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli." #~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" #~ msgstr "Paràmetre opcional de línia d'ordre del nucli a prova de &fallades" @@ -1526,9 +1336,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1" #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia " -#~ "d'ordres" +#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió." @@ -1540,25 +1348,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' " -#~ "i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" +#~ "Usa el Grub de confiança significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció Fitxer de Menú Gràfic s'ignorarà.\n" #~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " -#~ "boot menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que " -#~ "s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." +#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Fitxer del menú gràfic defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals " -#~ "acústics" +#~ msgstr "Habilita senyals acústics Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics" #~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" #~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable" @@ -1673,8 +1473,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió" #~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions" #~ msgid "&Section Management" #~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció" @@ -1698,9 +1497,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "- A un disquet.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un " -#~ "mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet " -#~ "al\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n" #~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir." #~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." @@ -1724,8 +1521,7 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n" -#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres " -#~ "del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" +#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System" #~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers" @@ -1763,91 +1559,50 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Secció d'imatge" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -#~ "directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. " -#~ "Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció " -#~ "Navega." +#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Imatge del nucli defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció Navega." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " -#~ "device." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al " -#~ "nucli com a dispositiu arrel." +#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Dispositiu arrel estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el " -#~ "disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom " -#~ "de fitxer\n" +#~ "L'opció Disc RAM d'inici, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n" #~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb Navega.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per " -#~ "a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." +#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Secció Chainloader si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " -#~ "select this section." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es " -#~ "necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" +#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +#~ msgstr "Si s'estableix Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " -#~ "systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes " -#~ "operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." +#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Altres sistemes permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " -#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a " -#~ "l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per " -#~ "a arrencar-la" +#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " -#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " -#~ "the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes " -#~ "permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria " -#~ "dels casos, voleu\n" -#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de " -#~ "la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" +#~ "L'opció Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n" +#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " -#~ "other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o " -#~ "una altra imatge\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del Xen si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n" #~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." +#~ msgstr "L'opció Hipervisor especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir " -#~ "els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." +#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Secció del menú" @@ -1855,27 +1610,17 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partició del fitxer de menú" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#~ "is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " -#~ "need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el " -#~ "Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." +#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és " -#~ "possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" +#~ "Mesures inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: Afegir , \n" #~ "Editar and Esborrar" #~ msgid "" @@ -1889,37 +1634,30 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura \n" #~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " -#~ "a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que " -#~ "especifica com\n" -#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu " -#~ "de cinta, o a un\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció d'abocament per afegir una secció que especifica com\n" +#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n" #~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la " -#~ "configuració.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Secció del menú per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n" #~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " -#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris " -#~ "de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" +#~ "Seleccioneu Activar SELinuxper afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n" #~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -2059,37 +1797,20 @@ #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de " -#~ "particions GPT" +#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " -#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " -#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs " -#~ "necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, " -#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del " -#~ "carregador\"." +#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"." #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no " -#~ "arrencar." +#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de " -#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader " -#~ "Installation Details\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2136,61 +1857,37 @@ #~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" #~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està " -#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS " -#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del " -#~ "grub a l'MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és " -#~ "fora de l'abast.\n" -#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu " -#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre " -#~ "a la configuració del carregador)." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n" +#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És " -#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita " -#~ "partició primària Apple HFS." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de " -#~ "continuar. \n" -#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP " -#~ "Boot." +#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar. \n" +#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Stay &LILO" @@ -2198,11 +1895,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO" @@ -2232,72 +1926,54 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la " -#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n" +#~ "Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5] Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n" #~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú " -#~ "de text') \n" -#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes " -#~ "màquines." +#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text') \n" +#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Evita el mode EDD30 \n" -#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la " -#~ "variable a TRUE.\n" -#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la " -#~ "variable,\n" -#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha " -#~ "una opció per no haver\n" +#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n" +#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n" +#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n" #~ "de forçar la variable.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2307,10 +1983,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació \n" -#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt " -#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n" -#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el " -#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" +#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n" +#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2332,8 +2006,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO\n" -#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2362,10 +2035,8 @@ #~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n" #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</" -#~ "b>\n" -#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador " -#~ "(chooser)\n" +#~ "Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)\n" +#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n" #~ "ho permet." #~ msgid "" @@ -2382,12 +2053,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu" @@ -2411,9 +2078,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)" @@ -2425,8 +2090,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació" @@ -2453,23 +2117,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de " -#~ "text')" +#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es " -#~ "troba en mode interactiu)" +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció" #~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" +#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret" #~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]" #~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] " @@ -2518,41 +2175,30 @@ #~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del " -#~ "nucli \n" -#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. " -#~ "S'utilitzen\n" +#~ "Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli \n" +#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n" #~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, " -#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n" -#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer " -#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n" +#~ "L'opció Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n" +#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n" #~ "Navega" #~ msgid "" @@ -2566,61 +2212,48 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partició per a la duplicació del carregador\n" -#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació " -#~ "d'arrencada.\n" +#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n" #~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n" -#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots " -#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." +#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM\n" -#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-" -#~ "device\" \n" +#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" #~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n" #~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No fer servir OS-chooser\n" -#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del " -#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el " -#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n" +#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n" #~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no " -#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" +#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n" #~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" @@ -2633,14 +2266,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors\n" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari " -#~ "és\n" -#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una " -#~ "configuració no suportada." +#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n" +#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC" @@ -2673,9 +2303,7 @@ #~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO" #~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition" #~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT" @@ -2723,9 +2351,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT" #~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin " -#~ "errors" +#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors" #~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path" #~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada" @@ -2840,24 +2466,17 @@ #~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n" #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per " -#~ "carregar\n" +#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n" #~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#~ "\">do not install</a>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=" -#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" +#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>" #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no " -#~ "carregar-se." +#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari." @@ -2918,9 +2537,7 @@ #~ "<big>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</big> \n" #~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n" #~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n" -#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es " -#~ "carregui\n" +#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n" #~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n" -#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu " -#~ "Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" +#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n" #~ "." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/crowbar.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 16:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -48,34 +48,24 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " -"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " -"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris " -"d'actualització.\n" +"Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres repositoris d'actualització.\n" "\n" -"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, " -"n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" -" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és " -"possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria " -"tenir un URL:\n" +"Si els repositoris estan desats al servidor SMT o al servidor SUSE Manager, n'hi ha prou amb introduir l'URL del servidor i els camins\n" +" als repositoris s'emplenaran automàticament.També és possible usar camins personalitzats. Alguns exemples de l'aspecte podria tenir un URL:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "Per a una descripció detallada, mireu la guia de desplegament.\n" "" @@ -88,9 +78,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators." -msgstr "" -"Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Gestioneu noms d'usuari i contrasenyes per a administradors de Crowbar." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -100,15 +88,11 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" -"p>\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" -"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació</" -"b> rellevant.\n" -"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa " -"bastió com a llista separada per espais." +"Aquí, definiu un mode de xarxa amb una política de vinculació rellevant.\n" +"També podeu especificar noms d'interfície per a conductes de la xarxa bastió com a llista separada per espais." #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -403,11 +387,8 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per " -"defecte." +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "Si no hi ha cap usuari, s'usarà l'usuari 'crowbar' amb la contrasenya per defecte." #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -555,30 +536,24 @@ #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" -#~ "i> for SMT server\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" -#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris " -#~ "d'actualització.\n" +#~ "Aquí podeu editar la ubicació dels vostres Repositoris d'actualització.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Alguns exemples d'URL:\n" #~ "\n" #~ "<ul>\n" -#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</" -#~ "i> per al servidor SMT\n" -#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-" -#~ "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/ per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" +#~ "<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ per al servidor SMT\n" +#~ "<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… per al servidor SUSE Manager.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Per a una descripció detallada, consulteu la Guia de desplegament.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" -"p>\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -222,8 +221,7 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Arrencada:\n" -"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant " -"l'arrencada\n" +"\t\t\tmarqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada\n" "\t\t\tmarqueu \"Off\", el servidor DRBD s'inicia manualment\n" "\t\tActiveu o desactiveu: On /Off:\n" "\t\t\tIniciar o aturar el servidor DRBD ara mateix\n" @@ -236,152 +234,78 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar " -"o suprimir un recurs\n" +"Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar o suprimir un recurs\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " -"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" -"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" -"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de Linux " -"(uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, " -"que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del dispositiu soci " -"arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per " -"connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " -"s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " -"(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " -"que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. " -"Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si ometeu " -"el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o \"/" -"dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per desar-" -"hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest mentre " -"s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del " -"dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +"\t\tEl nom és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió de Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\".\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar que connexions entrants des del dispositiu soci arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar amb el node del dispositiu soci.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que s'està descrivint. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc, seguit del seu número menor. Altrament, podeu ometre el nom o la paraula menor i el seu número. Si ometeu el nom, s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" +"\t\tCom ara: \"/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}\" o \"/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}\"\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc realment per desar-hi i recuperar les dades. No accediu mai a un dispositiu com aquest mentre s'executi DRBD al capdamunt.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Intern significa que l'última part del dispositiu de còpia de seguretat s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " -"el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " -"el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit " -"el disc local i el disc remot.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la memòria intermèdia d'enviament TCP local.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i la cache de la memòria intermèdia remota.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: l'escriptura IO s'informa com a completada, si ha assolit el disc local i el disc remot.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si " -"aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: espera el temps d'espera de la connexió, si aquest node és un clúster degradat\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix " -"informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria " -"d'enviament\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: què fer quan el dispostiu de nivell més baix informa d'un io-error als nivells més alts\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: la mida del connector TCP de la memòria d'enviament\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: nombre màxim de peticions per ser assignades pel DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta " -"esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, " -"per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int " -"i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un " -"paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de " -"temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per " -"defecte és 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet " -"keep-alive\n" +"\t\ttimeout: si el node soci falla en enviar un paquet de resposta esperat dins d'una desena part de segon, el node soci és considerat mort i, per tant, la connexió TCP/IP és abandonada. Ha de ser inferior a connect-int i ping-int. El valor per defecte és 60 = 6 segons, la unitat 0.1 segons.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive. En cas que la resposta no es rebi en aquest període de temps, és considerat mort. El valor per defecte és 500ms, la unitat per defecte és 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: el temps que el company té per respondre a un paquet keep-alive\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues " -"barreres d'escriptura\n" -"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició " -"d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del " -"clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de " -"DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a " -"sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per " -"defecte és KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar " -"a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte " -"d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: el número més alt de blocs de dades entre dues barreres d'escriptura\n" +"\t\tko-count: el node secundari falla en completar una petició d'escriptura simple durant una quantitat del temps d'espera, és expulsat del clúster. El valor per defecte és 0, que inhabilita aquesta característica.\n" +"\t\trate: per assegurar una operació suau de l'apliació damunt de DRBD, és possible limitar l'amplada de banda que pot ser usada per a sincronitzacions en segon pla. Per defecte és 250 KB/s, la unitat per defecte és KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: paràmetre, controleu la grandària que pot arribar a tenir l'àrea activa (hot area) (= active set). El nombre per defecte d'extensions és 127. (Mínim: 7, Màxim: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 @@ -392,51 +316,23 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " -"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" -"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " -"layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " -"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " -"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " -"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: " -"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed " -"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " -"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " -"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " -"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " -"Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. \n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tEl fitxer de configuració LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al fitxer " -"de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als nodes.\t" -"\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la disposició del " -"fitxer.\n" +"\t\tPer usar LVM amb DRBD, és necessari canviar algunes opcions al fitxer de configuració d'LVM i eliminar entrades de cau antigues als nodes.\t\tVegeu man lvm.conf per a més informació, incloent-hi la disposició del fitxer.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc " -"subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures de " -"volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les " -"signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de " -"dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t" -"\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM " -"sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la " -"casella AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. Aquestes " -"expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per vosaltres i " -"prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per rebutjar).\t" -"\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per signatures de volums físics. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té la instrucció de llegir les signatures de volums físics des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de dispositius de bloc de còpia de seguretat subjacents.\t\tAutofiltre: d'acord amb la configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la casella AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un conjunt d'expressions regulars. Aquestes expressions es poden delimitar amb un caràcter triat per vosaltres i prefixat amb o bé una \"a\" (per acceptar) o una \"r\" (per rebutjar).\t\tPer exemple, establir un filtre com a [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és així " -"per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com ara nfs. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: habilita/activa l'escriptura de la cau LVM, és així per defecte. Inhabilita la cau quan es fa desament de xarxa, com ara nfs. \n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -445,26 +341,19 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuració global del DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per " -"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Comprova \"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\" per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats " -"fins ara.\n" +"Refresca el diàleg: El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n" "Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n" "connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n" "El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n" @@ -503,8 +392,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big> \n" "Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -515,8 +403,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -570,8 +457,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un element</big> \n" -"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la " -"codificació. :-)\n" +"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal fer-ne la codificació. :-)\n" "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -624,8 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "" -"El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." +msgstr "El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local." #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 msgid "Please fill out all fields." @@ -865,48 +750,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -" -#~ "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, " -#~ "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to " -#~ "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to " -#~ "connect to the node's partner device.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource " -#~ "being described. You must use this device with your application (file " -#~ "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is " -#~ "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either " -#~ "omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a " -#~ "default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" -#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/" -#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and " -#~ "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on " -#~ "top of it.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -#~ "backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n" +#~ "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió " -#~ "Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom " -#~ "d'amfitrió.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per " -#~ "dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu " -#~ "interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port " -#~ "TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " -#~ "es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " -#~ "(sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell " -#~ "que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O " -#~ "bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà " -#~ "s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" -#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/" -#~ "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar " -#~ "i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el " -#~ "DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" -#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del " -#~ "dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" +#~ "\t\tEl \"nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. No hauria d'incloure \".\" al nom d'amfitrió.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, que s'usa per esperar conneccions d'entrada des del dispostiu interlocutor que arribin al dispostiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que s'usa per connectar al node del dispositiu interlocutor.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Device\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que es descriu. Heu d'usar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació (sistema de fitxers) i no heu d'usar el dispositiu de bloc de baix nivell que s'especifica amb el paràmetre de disc,després del seu número menor. O bé ometeu el nom o el menor i el número menor. Si ometeu el nom s'usarà s'usarà un predeterminat de /dev/drbdminor.\n" +#~ "\t\tAixí: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' o '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Disk\": el DRBD usa aquest dispositiu de bloc per, de fet, desar i recurperar les dades. Mai no accedeix a un dispositiu així mentre el DRBD s'executa a sobre.\n" +#~ "\t\t\"Meta-disk\": intern. Intern significa que l'última part del dispostiu de suport s'usa per desar-hi les metadades.\n" #~ "\t\t" #~ msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" "La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n" "\n" -"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació " -"mínima),\n" +"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n" "o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n" "\n" "Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n" @@ -181,9 +180,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara " -"completa." +msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -196,8 +193,7 @@ "Si continueu ara, les particions actuals\n" "del disc dur se suprimiran o es formataran (i s'esborraran\n" "les dades existents en aquestes particions) \n" -"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors.</" -"p>" +"d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -207,8 +203,7 @@ "previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si continueu ara, es modificaran les particions\n" -"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de " -"diàleg\n" +"del disc dur d'acord amb els paràmetres d'instal·lació dels quadres de diàleg\n" "anteriors." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 @@ -231,9 +226,7 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -269,25 +262,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." +msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." +msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra " -"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria " -"del nucli." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Useu Llista negra de dispositius si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -302,29 +288,19 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil " -"d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " -"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " -"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilitzeu Clona la configuració si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" +"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" -"Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la " -"instal·lació?" +msgstr "Voleu escriure el perfil d'AutoYaST a /root/autoinst.xml al final de la instal·lació?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 @@ -339,12 +315,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no " -"l'escriguis</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -381,12 +353,8 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar " -"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -397,12 +365,8 @@ msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL " -"com a font de la instal·lació" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -410,20 +374,12 @@ msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una " -"imatge aquí" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada " -"durant la instal·lació)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -439,8 +395,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "" -"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" +msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -449,32 +404,23 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació " -"més de pressa.\n" -"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat " -"que coincideix amb la selecció\n" -"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des " -"dels paquets\n" +"La instal·lació des d'imatges s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n" +"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n" +"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n" "de la manera habitual.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" -"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas " -"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" -"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt " -"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" +"La creació d'imatges pròpies es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n" +"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n" "La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -485,15 +431,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data " -"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" -"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va " -"crear la imatge." +"Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n" +"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -535,15 +477,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" +msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)" #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -663,8 +603,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar " -"durant la instal·lació i al\n" +"Trieu l'Idioma i la Disposició de teclat que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n" "sistema instal·lat.\n" "\n" @@ -674,14 +613,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n" -"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les " -"traduccions disponibles.\n" +"Utilitzeu Traduccions de la llicència... per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -815,29 +752,20 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilitzeu Clona si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n" -"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux " -"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" -"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema " -"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" -"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/" -"autoyast.xml</tt>." +"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n" +"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n" +"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui " -"instal·lat." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet %1 estigui instal·lat." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -878,12 +806,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n" -"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels " -"paquets." +"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -917,12 +843,8 @@ msgstr "&Disc a usar" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les " -"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -987,15 +909,12 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" +msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:" #. yes/no popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les " -"actualitzacions?" +msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?" #. check box #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 @@ -1115,31 +1034,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o " -"l'actualització,\n" +"Per utilitzar els repositoris remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n" "seleccioneu Afegeix repositoris en línia abans de la instal·lació." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el " -"&product; seleccioneu\n" +"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n" "Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, " -"vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu http://drivers.suse.com site." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1195,12 +1107,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar repositoris remots\n" -"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la " -"configuració.\n" +"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu repositoris remots, ometeu la configuració.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1214,37 +1124,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE</" -"i> ofereix diferents\n" -"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més " -"importants:\n" +"Amb Linux, poder triar és una prioritat absoluta. L'openSUSE ofereix diferents\n" +"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n" "el GNOME i el KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons " -"d'instal·lació mínima)\n" -"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. " -"Més tard a la selecció\n" -"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o " -"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" -"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." -"" +"Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o bé un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n" +"que s'adaptin millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció Altre. Més tard a la selecció\n" +"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n" +"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -1268,8 +1167,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." +msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1308,10 +1206,8 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema " -"Linux\n" -"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</" -"p>\n" +"En aquesta secció es troben les notes de la versió per al sistema Linux\n" +"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -1325,8 +1221,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n" -"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de " -"programari.\n" +"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1418,19 +1313,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." +msgstr "El YaST sonda el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats ara." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics " -"per a la instal·lació." +"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1542,12 +1434,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Aquí es mostren tots els repositoris que s'han trobat\n" -"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al " -"procés d'actualització." +"al sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que vulgueu incloure al procés d'actualització." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1556,8 +1446,7 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n" -"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</" -"p>" +"Commuta l'estat o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1733,8 +1622,7 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n" -"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu " -"clic a\n" +"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n" "Següent per continuar. \n" " \n" @@ -1861,8 +1749,7 @@ "\n" "Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n" "\n" -"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de " -"reiniciar.\n" +"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n" "Espereu, si us plau.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1914,9 +1801,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al " -"registre." +msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 @@ -1983,9 +1868,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, " -"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." +msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -2031,8 +1914,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la " -"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" +"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n" "\n" #. Help text for installation proposal @@ -2040,13 +1922,11 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova " -"amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Instal·la per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. so update @@ -2059,8 +1939,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització " -"amb els valors mostrats.\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Actualitza per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -2110,8 +1989,7 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines " -"virtuals\n" +"La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n" "Linux independents al sistema principal." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -2178,8 +2056,7 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets " -"automàticament\n" +"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n" "S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment." #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" @@ -2190,10 +2067,8 @@ #~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es " -#~ "canviïn. Per modificar\n" -#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n" +#~ "una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Iniciant l'entorn d'instal·lació..." @@ -2256,8 +2131,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Desconnectat " #~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." +#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..." #~ msgid "Probing network cards..." #~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..." Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/kdump.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -47,36 +47,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les " -"imatges abocades" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou la destinació on s'han de desar les imatges abocades" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només " -"\"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] Introduïu només \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli " -"del kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "La línia d'ordres del kdump és la línia d'ordres que s'ha de passar al nucli del kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la " -"línia d'ordres predeterminada." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establiu aquesta variable si només voleu _afegir_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 @@ -91,9 +77,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es " -"conserven tots." +msgstr "Especifica quants abocaments antics s'han de conservar. 0 vol dir que es conserven tots." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 @@ -107,12 +91,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que " -"inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contrasenya SMTP per enviar missatges de notificiació. Camí del fitxer que inclou la contrasenya (fitxer de text pla)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 @@ -147,8 +127,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" +msgstr "El número per al nivell d'abocament inclou les pàgines que s'han de desar" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 @@ -157,12 +136,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema " -"de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 @@ -201,12 +176,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només " -"significa \"cadena_nucli\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "L'esquema del nom és: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz] el nucli només significa \"cadena_nucli\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 @@ -215,12 +186,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. " -"Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "L'opció significa el nivell d'execució per carregar el nucli del kdump. Només es permeten valors com ara 1,2,3,5 o s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 @@ -245,8 +212,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" +msgstr "El kdump està habilitat (s'ha afegit l'opció de càrrega \"crashkernel\")" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 @@ -357,9 +323,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els " -"vells" +msgstr "Nombre d'abocaments antics: es desen tots els abocaments sense suprimir els vells" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 @@ -452,11 +416,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo" -"\"." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "L'opció només pot incloure el valor \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" o \"lzo\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 @@ -778,13 +739,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilita/Inhabilita el Kdump \n" -" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre " -"de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" +" Habiliteu o inhabiliteu el kdump. S'afegirà o s'eliminarà el paràmetre de l'opció d'arrencada crashkernel. \n" " Per aplicar els canvis cal reiniciar l'ordinador. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -801,20 +760,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Abocament de maquinari assistit \n" -" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es " -"fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari " -"assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a " -"arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu " -"aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és " -"adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." +" Els abocaments no es generen abans que la partició es reiniciï però es fan quan la partició s'està reiniciant. Quan es fa un abocament de maquinari assistit, la memòria del sistema es congela i la partició es torna a arrencar, la qual cosa permet que una nova instància del sistema operatiu aboqui dades de la fallada prèvia del nucli. Aquesta característica és adequada quan el sistema té més d'1.5 GB de memòria." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -835,47 +784,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Format d'abocament \n" " Sense abocament - Només desa el registre del nucli. \n" " Forma tELF - Crea un fitxer d'abocament en format ELF. \n" -" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines " -"amb gzip. \n" -" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més " -"ràpid. \n" +" Format comprimit - Comprimeix les dades d'abocament per pàgines amb gzip. \n" +" Format LZO Comprimit - Fitxers una mica més grossos però més ràpid. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Destinació del desament de la imatge del Kdump \n" -" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el " -"tipus. " +" La destinació on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. Seleccioneu-ne el tipus. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de " -"fitxers local.\n" -" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de " -"desar les imatges del kdump.\n" -" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump " -"mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" +"Sistema de fitxers local - Desa la imatge del kdump al sistema de fitxers local.\n" +" Directori on s'han de desar els abocaments - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Podeu seleccionar el directori on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump mitjançant un diàleg si premeu Navega\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -886,18 +825,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant FTP.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor FTP.\n" -" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -"connexió.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" +" Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" " Habilita l'FTP anònim habilita la connexió anònima al servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió ftp. " +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ftp. Contrasenya per a la connexió ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -909,8 +844,7 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la " -"màquina de destinació.\n" +"SFTP - Desa la imatge de kdump a través de SSH i \"dd\" a la màquina de destinació.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Port - El número de port per a la connexió.\n" " Directori al servidor - El camí per desar les imatges del kdump.\n" @@ -941,8 +875,7 @@ "by default." msgstr "" "La tria entre SSH i SFTP depèn\n" -"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per " -"a ambdós\n" +"de detalls de configuració del servidor. Els servidors SLE tenen suport per a ambdós\n" "per defecte." #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 @@ -954,8 +887,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Desa la imatge del kdump a l'NFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor nfs.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 @@ -970,12 +902,9 @@ "CIFS - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant CIFS.\n" " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" " Compartició exportada - El nom de compartició del Windows.\n" -" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del " -"kdump.\n" -" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al " -"servidor.\n" -" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la " -"connexió. " +" Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +" Utilitza l'autenticació habilita la connexió autenticada al servidor.\n" +" Nom d'usuari per a la connexió. Contrasenya per a la connexió. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 @@ -984,8 +913,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli " -"personalitzat.\n" +"Nucli del kdump personalitzat L'usuari pot introduir el nucli personalitzat.\n" " L'esquema de denominació és:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucli>[.gz]\n" " Introduïu només cadena_nucli. " @@ -1007,8 +935,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -"d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +" Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" " \n" @@ -1026,14 +953,11 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles - \n" -" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de " -"fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" -" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més " -"vells. " +" Habilita la supressió de les imatges d'abocament velles. Si el nombre de fitxers d'abocament supera el \n" +" Nombre d'abocaments antics, se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 @@ -1052,68 +976,48 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després " -"d'un abocament." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "El Servidor SMTP usat per enviar un correu de notificació després d'un abocament." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor " -"SMTP està\n" -" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, " -"es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" +"El nom d'usuari per a l'autenticació SMTP quan el servidor SMTP està\n" +" definit. És opcional. Si no especifiqueu el nom d'usuari i la contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el " -"servidor SMTP. Això és\n" -" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà " -"servir SMTP pla.\n" +"La contrasenya per a l'autenticació SMTP quan s'ha definit el servidor SMTP. Això és\n" +" opcional. Si no especifiqueu un nom d'usuari i una contrasenya, es farà servir SMTP pla.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un " -"missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Notificació a especifica l'adreça electrònica a on s'enviarà un missatge de notificació quan s'hagi desat un abocament.\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces " -"electròniques\n" -" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un " -"abocament.\n" +"Notificació CC especifica una llista separada per espais d'adreces electròniques\n" +" a les quals enviar un missatge electrònic a través de cc si s'ha desat un abocament.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es " -"guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" +"Nombre d'abocaments antics especifica quants abocaments antics es guarden. Si el nombre de fitxers \n" "d'abocament el supera se suprimeixen els abocaments més vells. " #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1132,8 +1036,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció de l'inici:</big> \n" -"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.</" -"p>\n" +"per cancel·lar la utilitat de configuració, premeu Interromp ara.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 @@ -1176,8 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Addicció d'un Kdump:</big> \n" "Escolliu un kdump de la llista dels detectats.\n" -"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre kdump, seleccioneu Un altre (no detectat).\n" "Després premeu Configura.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1188,8 +1090,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edició o supressió</big> \n" -"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu " -"canviar\n" +"Si premeu Edita, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n" "la configuració.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -1308,9 +1209,7 @@ #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de " -"reescriure?" +msgstr "L'opció del nucli inclou alguns intervals o valors redundants. S'ha de reescriure?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 @@ -1447,12 +1346,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha " -"%{available} disponibles." +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "Atenció! Podria no haver-hi prou espai. Calen %{required}, però només hi ha %{available} disponibles." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 @@ -1463,10 +1358,8 @@ "No es pot usar l'abocament de maquinari assistit.\n" "No té suport en aquest maquinari." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." +#~ msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." +#~ msgstr "L'opció del nucli \"crashkernel\" inclou \"ranges\". Se sobreescriuran." #~ msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" #~ msgstr "Memòria total del sistema (en MB):" @@ -1486,12 +1379,8 @@ #~ msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" #~ msgstr "Valor de l'opció crashkernel: %1" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, " -#~ "ssh, nfs, cifs" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer " -#~ "(sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" +#~ msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +#~ msgstr "La destinació de l'abocament inclou el tipus de destinació: fitxer (sistema de fitxers local, ftp, ssh, nfd, cifs" #~ msgid "SSH (scp)" #~ msgstr "SSH (scp)" @@ -1506,12 +1395,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "SSH - Desa la imatge del kdump mitjançant SSH.\n" #~ " Nom del servidor - El nom del servidor.\n" -#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la " -#~ "connexió.\n" -#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges " -#~ "del kdump.\n" -#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. " -#~ "Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" +#~ " Port - El número de port que s'ha de fer servir per a la connexió.\n" +#~ " Directori al servidor - El camí on s'han de desar les imatges del kdump.\n" +#~ " Nom d'usuari per a la connexió ssh. Contrasenya per a la connexió SSH. \n" #~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." #~ msgstr "El paquet de les kexec-tools no està disponible." @@ -1525,10 +1411,8 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Format d'abocament \n" -#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de " -#~ "l'abocament individualment.\n" -#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF </" -#~ "p>" +#~ " Format comprimit - Comprimiu cada pàgina de dades de l'abocament individualment.\n" +#~ " Format ELF - Creeu un fitxer d'abocament en el format ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" #~ msgstr "No s'admet aquesta arquitectura; no s'ha afegit \"crashkernel\"" @@ -1542,14 +1426,11 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Addició a la línia d'ordres del Kdump\n" -#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia " -#~ "d'ordres predeterminada. \n" -#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump</" -#~ "i>.\n" +#~ " Si definiu aquesta opció, s'_afegiran_ valors a la cadena de la línia d'ordres predeterminada. \n" +#~ " La cadena s'afegirà si definiu l'opció Línia d'ordres del Kdump.\n" #~ " \n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ncurses-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -53,11 +53,8 @@ msgstr "paquets s'han modificat per resoldre dependències:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb " -"un sistema malmès." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Podeu escollir fer la instal·lació igualment, però us arrisqueu a acabar amb un sistema malmès." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -120,36 +117,20 @@ msgstr "No necessaris" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " -"estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si estan recomanats per un paquet que s'instal·la." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets " -"ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Es suggereix la instal·lació d'aquests paquets perquè concorden amb paquets ja instal·lats. La decisió d'instal·lar-los és de l'usuari." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és " -"possible actualitzar-los." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "S'ha detectat que aquests paquets no tenen repositori i, per això, no és possible actualitzar-los." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors " -"ja no s'apliquen." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Aquests paquets podrien no ser necessaris perquè les dependències anteriors ja no s'apliquen." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -182,12 +163,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al " -"local %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers relacionats amb la llengua per al local %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326 @@ -396,8 +373,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" -msgstr "" -"&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" +msgstr "&Instal·la ara els paquets recomanats per paquets que ja estan instal·lats" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" @@ -465,8 +441,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310 msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from " -msgstr "" -"S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" +msgstr "S'ha produït un error en importar la llista de paquets i patrons des de" #. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short #. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end: @@ -569,8 +544,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -" Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." +msgstr " Aquesta informació només està disponible per als paquets instal·lats." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -681,96 +655,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a " -"gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir " -"paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un " -"propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les " -"dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho " -"farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts " -"principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú.</" -"p>" +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Benvinguts al selector de paquets Aquesta eina us ajudarà a gestionar el programari del sistema. Podeu instal·lar, actualitzar, suprimir paquets aïllats així com patrons (conjunts de paquets que serveixen per a un propòsit) o llengües. Normalment, no us heu de preocupar per les dependències a l'hora d'instal·lar o suprimir qualsevol cosa, el programa ho farà per vosaltres. El selector de paquets consisteix en tres parts principals: els fitres, la taula de paquets i el menú." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una " -"orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per " -"mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per " -"exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. " -"Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." -"" +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "El Filtre al plafó de l'esquerra està dissenyat per a una orientació fàcil en un conjunt molt gran de paquets. Useu els filtres per mostrar només paquets d'un repositori concret o d'un patró seleccionat (per exemple, Jocs o Desenvolupament C/C++) o per buscar paraules clau concretes. Podeu trobar més informació sobre els filtres a Com usar els filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de " -"paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre " -"actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). " -"Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "La Taula de paquets és el component principal del selector de paquets. Hi veureu una llista de paquets que coincideixen amb el filtre actual (per exemple, el grup RPM seleccionat o el resultat de la cerca). Cada línia de la taula de paquets té diverses columnes:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del " -"paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió " -"disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió " -"instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del " -"paquet</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Estat del paquet (per a més informació vegeu Estat i símbols del paquet)</li> <li>Nom del paquet</li><li>Resum del paquet</li><li>Versió disponible (en alguns dels repositoris configurats)</li> <li>Versió instal·lada (buit per als paquets no instal·lats encara)</li> <li>Mida del paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu " -"seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu " -"suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També " -"podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú " -"(consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-" -"ne més informació)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "El menú Accions: podeu canviar l'estat del paquet que heu seleccionat (o de tots els paquets de la llista); per exemple, podeu suprimir un paquet o seleccionar-ne un de nou per a instal·lar-lo. També podeu fer directament el canvi d'estat amb la tecla especificada del menú (consulteu la secció Estat i símbols dels paquets) si voleu obtenir-ne més informació)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les " -"dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o " -"fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, " -"vegeu Funcions útils al menú." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "El menú proporciona funcions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Mostra informació rellevant sobre els paquets o fa accions com ara obrir l'editor dels repositoris. Per a més informació, vegeu Funcions útils al menú." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -779,29 +690,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o " -"amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu " -"instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir " -"que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat" -"\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Podeu modificar l'estat del paquet mitjançant el menú Accions o amb les tecles que es defineixen als elements del menú. Per exemple, podeu instal·lar paquets addicionals amb la tecla \"+\". L'estat \"Tabú\" vol dir que no s'hauria d'instal·lar mai el paquet. En canvi, l'estat \"Bloquejat\" significa que s'hauria de mantenir la versió instal·lada del paquet." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del " -"paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els " -"paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "També podeu usar RET o ESPAI per commutar l'estat del paquet. El menú Accions també us permet canviar l'estat de tots els paquets de la llista (seleccioneu 'Tots els paquets de la llista')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -810,30 +705,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa" -"+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> </" -"b>: actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàtica</" -"p>i : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el " -"paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr "+ : s'ha seleccionat aquest paquet per a la instal·lacióa+ : s'ha seleccionat automàticament per a la instal·lació> : actualitza aquest paquetp>a> : actualització automàticai : s'ha instal·lat el paquet- : se suprimirà el paquet--- : no l'instal·lis mai (tabú)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis " -"mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües:" -" i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua</" -"p>" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: manté la versió instal·lada i no l'actualitzis ni suprimeixis mai (paquet bloquejat) Informació d'estat per al patró i les llengües: i : Es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest patró/llengua" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -842,86 +720,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles " -"d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en " -"les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors" -"\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. " -"Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics " -"es descriuen a sota." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "El filtre us permet de filtrar tots els paquets disponibles d'acord amb els criteris seleccionats. Els filtres de paquets es basen en les propietats dels paquets (repositori, grup RPM), \"contenidors\" (patrons, llengües), classificació de paquets o resultats de cerques. Seleccioneu el filtre desitjat del menú desplegable. Els filtres específics es descriuen a sota." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un " -"sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). " -"Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), " -"recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un " -"patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i " -"canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Els Patrons descriuen les característiques i funcions que un sistema hauria de tenir (per exemple, servidor X o eines de línia d'ordres). Cada patró conté un conjunt de paquets que es requereixen (cal tenir), recomanen (s'haurien de tenir) i suggereixen (es poden tenir). Si marqueu un patró per instal·lar, actualitzar o suprimir, el programa s'executarà i canviarà l'estat dels paquets subordinats de manera corresponent." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als " -"patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers " -"específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són " -"contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un " -"grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica " -"(d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un " -"repositori específic. " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les llengües són contenidors de paquets molt semblants als patrons. Contenen paquets amb traduccions, diccionaris i altres fitxers específics per a una llengua seleccionada. Els grups RPM no són contenidors de paquets que poden instal·lar-se. En canvi, la pertinença a un grup RPM és una propietat del mateix paquet. Tenen una estructura jeràrquica (d'arbre). El filtre repositoris mostra els paquets disponibles d'un repositori específic. " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de " -"Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com " -"ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si " -"cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció " -"corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Introduïu una paraula clau per a la cerca de paquets al filtre de Cerca. També podeu introduir només una part del nom del paquet, com ara \"3d\", si voleu cercar tots els paquets que continguin 3D. Si cerqueu una paraula concreta a la descripció del paquet, activeu l'opció corresponent i inicieu la cerca amb el botó \"Cerca\"" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han " -"canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o " -"suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El " -"filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre " -"paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no " -"necessaris." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "El resum de la instal·lació presenta un resum dels paquets que han canviat d'estat durant aquesta sessió (per exemple, marcats per instal·lar o suprimirl), o bé per l'usuari o automàticament pel programa gestor. El filtre Classificació dels paquets proporciona informació sobre paquets recomanants, suggerits, orfes i no necessaris." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -929,131 +749,32 @@ msgstr "Funcions útils al menú" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions " -"relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es " -"comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de " -"conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. " -"Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu " -"'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dependències: aquest menú ofereix diverses accions relacionades amb la gestió de les dependències dels paquets. Per defecte, es comproven les dependències amb cada canvi d'estat. Se us informarà de conflictes entre paquets en un diàleg que us proposarà possibles solucions. Per resoldre el conflicte, seleccioneu una de les opcions oferides i premeu 'D'acord -- Torna-ho a provar'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, " -"commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu " -"comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les " -"dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les " -"dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no " -"interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los " -"automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de " -"prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al " -"directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre " -"necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Per inhabilitar la comprovació de dependències a cada canvi d'estat, commuteu la Comprovació automàtica de dependències a OFF. Podeu comprovar les dependències manualment seleccionant Comprova les dependències ara. L'entrada Verifica el sistema comprovarà les dependències dels paquets ja instal·lats i resoldrà els conflictes no interactius, marcant els paquets que faltin per instal·lar-los automàticament si és necessari. Per fer depuració, useu Genera un cas de prova de resolució de dependències. Abocarà les dades de dependències al directori <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Això és el que sempre necessiteu quan se us pregunta per un \"solver testcase\" a Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " -"següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més " -"amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en " -"compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: " -"repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. " -"Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema " -"ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu " -"l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de " -"configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu-ho més amunt), Instal·la els paquets recomanats: si s'activa, es tindran en compte les dependències febles, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara dependències de paquets instal·lats i les soluciona immediatament. Atenció: després de comprovar el sistema amb l'opció Verifica el sistema ara, el Mode de verificació del sistema queda activat (desmarqueu l'opció, si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix " -"paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el " -"proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. " -"Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de " -"la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Opcions avançades: Neteja quan s'eliminin paquets:: suprimeix paquets no usats que en depenguin. Permet el canvi de proveïdor: el proveïdor del paquet pot diferir del proveïdor del paquet instal·lat. Aquests accions no es desaran, només es poden establir a la configuració de la biblioteca de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet " -"seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les " -"opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques " -"(versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), " -"llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències " -"(proporciona, requereix, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "La vista: escolliu quina informació sobre el paquet seleccionat es mostrarà a la finestra de sota la taula de paquets. Les opcions disponibles són les següents: descripció del paquet, dades tècniques (versió, mida, llicència, etc.) versions de paquets (totes les disponibles), llista de fitxers (tots els fitxers inclosos al paquet) i les dependències (proporciona, requereix, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la " -"resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el " -"gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-" -"vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de " -"les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de " -"l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles " -"comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després " -"de la instal·lació de paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuració: aquest menú integra el selector de paquets amb la resta d'eines de gestió de paquets. Des d'aquí, podeu fer Inicia el gestor de repositoris i editar els repositoris configurats o registrar-vos al repositori d'actualització i configruar la descàrrega periòdica de les actualitzacions disponibles (Inicia la configuració de l'actualització en línia). També podeu escollir un dels tres possibles comportaments del selector de paquets en sortir - al menú Acció després de la instal·lació de paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la " -"llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i " -"llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot " -"llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer</" -"i>, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al " -"segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra " -"l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc " -"i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extres: aquí hi ha les funcions miscel·lànies. Exporta la llista de paquets a un fitxer abocarà dades sobre paquets, patrons i llengües instal·lats en un fitxer XML especificat. Aquest fitxer es pot llegir després amb l'opció Importa la llista de paquets des d'un fitxer, per exemple, en un ordinador diferent. Situarà el conjunt de paquets al segon ordinador en el mateix estat que es descriu al fitxer XML. Mostra l'espai disponible al disc mostrarà una taula emergent amb l'ús del disc i l'espai disponible a la partició muntada actualment." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1240,8 +961,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" +msgstr "Fitxers de traduccions, diccionaris i altres relacionats amb la llengua per a" #. the headline of the help popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610 @@ -1251,90 +971,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de " -"seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt " -"instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, " -"normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de " -"característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Informació general sobre pedaços:Els tipus de pedaços de seguretat solucionen aspectes de seguretat i recomanem molt instal·lar-los. També hauríeu d'instal·lar els pedaços recomanats, normalment contenen correccions importants d'errors. Instal·leu pedaços de característiques si us interessa la caracterísitica." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i " -"productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han " -"d'instal·lar després." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Els pedaços per a \"libzypp\" (Gestió de paquets, pedaços, patrons i productes) s'instal·laran sempre en primer lloc. La resta de pedaços s'han d'instal·lar després." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen " -"prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es " -"descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu " -"desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments " -"d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per " -"instal·lar." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Significat dels senyaladors de l'estat:a+ : se seleccionen prèviament els pedaços que tenen relació amb la instal·lació i es descarreguen al sistema. Si no us interessa un pedaç en concret, podeu desmarcar-lo amb '-'. i : es satisfan tots els requeriments d'aquest pedaç. + : Heu seleccionat aquest pedaç per instal·lar." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet " -"(o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es " -"preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es " -"desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així " -"perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara " -"està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o " -"paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els " -"pedaços si no es volen." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Més detalls sobre l'estat: si hi ha diversos pedaços per a un paquet (o un conjunt de paquets) que encara no s'han aplicat al sistema, tots es preseleccionen i tenen l'estat a+. Si un d'aquests pedaços es desmarca amb '-', després podria mostrar l'estat i. Això és així perquè algun dels altres pedaços referents al mateix paquet o paquets encara està seleccionat. S'instal·laran les versions més noves del paquet o paquets i amb això es satisfà el pedaç. És necessari desmarcar tots els pedaços si no es volen." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per " -"exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. " -"També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per " -"canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat " -"de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu " -"en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a " -"alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets " -"implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema." -" El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i " -"l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Els menús:el menúFiltre permet filtrar els pedaços; per exemple, mostra els \"Instal·lats' o llista els pedaços de 'Seguretat'. També ofereix la cerca de pedaços. Useu el menú Acccions per canviar l'estat d'un pedaç. El menú Vista ofereix la possibilitat de veure quins paquets tenen a veure amb amb un pedaç. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que si el filtre és 'Tots els pedaços' la llista de paquets per a alguns pedaços podria ser buida. Això significa que no hi ha paquets implicats perquè cap dels pedaços de paquets està instal·lat al sistema. El menú de Dependències conté comprovacions de dependències i l'entrada 'Genera un cas de prova'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1379,12 +1037,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons." -" Segur que voleu sortir?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis de la selecció de paquets, pedaços o patrons. Segur que voleu sortir?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736 @@ -1432,20 +1086,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista " -"no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els " -"paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer " -"actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es " -"tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual " -"l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Llista de problemes de l'actualització Els paquets de la llista no es poden actualitzar automàticament.Causes possibles:Els paquets són obsolets i uns altres els han reemplaçat.No es poden fer actualitzacions a una versió recent en cap suport d'instal·lació.Es tracta de paquets d'altres proveïdorsSeleccioneu de forma manual l'acció que voleu que se'ls apliqui. L'opció més segura és suprimir-los." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1476,83 +1118,32 @@ msgstr "Versions incompatibles de paquets" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" -"capable versions of this package at the same time." -msgstr "" -"Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de " -"multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "Esteu provant d'instal·lar al mateix temps versions capaces de multiversió i no capaces de multiversió d'aquest paquet." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " -"to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " -"instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i " -"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "Aquesta versió és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per instal·lar aquesta versió i desmarcar la versió no capaç de multiversió, i \"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir l'altra." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "" -"Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per " -"instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i " -"\"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "Aquesta versió no és capaç de multiversió.Premeu \"Continua\" per instal·lar només aquesta versió i desmarcar totes les altres versions, i \"Cancel·la\" per desmarcar aquesta versió i mantenir les altres." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -#~ "recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -#~ "already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -#~ "Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be " -#~ "set." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si " -#~ "són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció " -#~ "Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al " -#~ "menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." +#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +#~ msgstr "Aquesta és una llista de paquets útils. S'instal·laran addicionalment si són recomanats per paquets nous instal·lats. Cal establir l'opció Instal·la paquets recomanats per altres paquets ja instal·lats al menú Dependències per poder-ho fer." #~ msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" #~ msgstr "&Instal·la els paquets recomanats per a paquets ja instal·lats" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " -#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " -#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " -#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " -#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " -#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " -#~ "These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les " -#~ "següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a " -#~ "dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si " -#~ "està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan " -#~ "instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les " -#~ "dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us " -#~ "plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb " -#~ "Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del " -#~ "sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes " -#~ "opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Les opcions disponibles per a la comprovació de dependències són les següents: Comprovació automàtica de dependències (vegeu a dalt), Instal·la els recomanats per paquets ja instal·lats: si està a ON, s'instal·laran també els paquets recomanats pels que ja estan instal·lats, Mode de verificació del sistema: repara les dependències dels paquets instal·lats i ho soluciona immediatament. Si us plau, tingueu en compte que després de comprovar el sistema amb Verifica el sistema ara l'opció Mode de verificació del sistema està a ON (desmarqueu l'opció si ho desitgeu). Aquestes opcions es desen al fitxer de configuració del YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- aquest pedaç està trencat -----" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el " -#~ "pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que " -#~ "l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". " -#~ "Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "El mode \"recommended\" vol dir que es recomana que instal·leu el pedaç. \"security\" és un pedaç de seguretat i és molt recomanable que l'instal·leu. S'han d'instal·lar en primer lloc els pedaços de \"YaST2\". Heu d'instal·lar la resta de pedaços a continuació." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-26 17:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó " -"Suprimeix.\n" +"Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó Suprimeix.\n" "L'entrada se suprimirà immediatament de la configuració actual..\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 @@ -97,8 +96,7 @@ "and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" "own sets of perfectly integrated applications." msgstr "" -"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i " -"intuïtius\n" +"Tant el KDE com el GNOME són entorns d'escriptori potents i intuïtius\n" ".Combinen interfícies gràfiques fàcils d'utilitzar\n" "i atractives amb els seus propis\n" "jocs d'aplicacions perfectament integrades." @@ -111,8 +109,7 @@ "most important desktop applications on your\n" "system." msgstr "" -"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE " -"predeterminat\n" +"En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori GNOME o KDE predeterminat\n" "s'instal·la al sistema un ampli conjunt\n" "d'aplicacions d'escriptori molt importants." @@ -246,8 +243,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a " -"Internet.\n" +"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a Internet.\n" "\n" "Voleu configurar-la?" @@ -391,21 +387,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, " -"tot seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Següent.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, " -"tot seguit, feu clic a Acaba.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a Acaba.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -422,8 +410,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació..." +msgstr "Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -485,12 +472,10 @@ msgstr "" "S'ha detectat poca memòria.\n" "\n" -"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació " -"inicial amb menys de\n" +"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació inicial amb menys de\n" "%dMiB de memòria al sistema.\n" "\n" -"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels " -"paquets\n" +"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels paquets\n" "necessita molta memòria.\n" "\n" "En aquests casos es recomana fer servir els repositoris en línia un cop\n" @@ -519,12 +504,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la " -"secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -588,12 +569,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " -"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -774,33 +751,21 @@ "Gestió dels repositoris i serveis de programari configurats.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository " -"Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un " -"servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador " -"del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Un servei o servei d'índex de dipòsits (RIS, Repository Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'un repositori o d'un servei nou \n" -"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei " -"o dipòsit de programari.\n" -"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a " -"la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" +"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir Afegeix i indiqueu el servei o dipòsit de programari.\n" +"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a la ubicació que heu introduït.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -842,68 +807,41 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'un repositori o d'un servei \n" -"Per canviar una ubicació de repositori, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-" -"ne un, empreu\n" -"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el repositori, o per canviar " -"l'estat del refresc al moment de l'inici, seleccioneu el repositori a la " -"taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" +"Per canviar una ubicació de repositori, utilitzeu Edita. Per suprimir-ne un, empreu\n" +"Suprimeix. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el repositori, o per canviar l'estat del refresc al moment de l'inici, seleccioneu el repositori a la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'un dipòsit \n" -"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) " -"i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es " -"troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una " -"prioritat més alta.\n" +"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una prioritat més alta.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per " -"navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per " -"mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser " -"reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se " -"selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats.</" -"P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "Mantenir els paquets descarregats Seleccioneu aquesta opció per mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/" -"zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp." -"conf." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori /var/cache/zypp/packages, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -1019,26 +957,21 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.\n" +msgstr "S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." -msgstr "" -"La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." +msgstr "La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats." #. warning text #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir " -"manualment." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir manualment." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -1052,12 +985,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia " -"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1067,9 +996,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden " -"instal·lar." +msgstr "Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden instal·lar." #. error message #. error message @@ -1190,8 +1117,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." +msgstr "El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1200,10 +1126,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Error -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix. El suport no s'ha d'emprar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1229,41 +1153,33 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Quan tingueu un problema amb\n" -"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport " -"d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" +"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n" "si el suport està trencat.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la " -"comprovació\n" +"Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu Inicia la comprovació\n" "o bé trieu Comprova un fitxer ISO i seleccioneu un fitxer ISO.\n" "La comprovació pot trigar uns minuts segons la velocitat\n" -"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de " -"verificació de l'MD5. " +"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de verificació de l'MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la " -"instal·lació.\n" +"Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la instal·lació.\n" "Pot fallar o podeu perdre dades. Heu de reemplaçar el suport\n" "malmès.\n" @@ -1273,38 +1189,25 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a " -"iniciar el procediment.\n" +"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a iniciar el procediment.\n" "L'ordre dels suports és irrellevant.\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Nota: no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu " -"l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del " -"programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports " -"durant la comprovació.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció completa del programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports durant la comprovació.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1314,8 +1217,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Es recomana comprovar tots els suports d'instal·lació\n" -"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu " -"'Següent'" +"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu 'Següent'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1488,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Addició d'una clau GPG nova \n" -"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el " -"camí del fitxer.\n" +"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu Afegeix i indiqueu el camí del fitxer.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1503,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modificació de l'estat d'una clau GPG\n" -"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a " -"eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" +"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeuEdita. Per a eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n" "Suprimeix.\n" "\n" @@ -1590,8 +1490,7 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és " -"possible .\n" +"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és possible .\n" "Canvieu el protocol o descomprimiu la imatge ISO en un servidor." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1658,12 +1557,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que " -"apareixen a la llista.\n" +"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que apareixen a la llista.\n" "Seleccioneu els que voleu utilitzar.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 @@ -1828,49 +1725,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu " -"provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després " -"d'instal·lar el sistema." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després d'instal·lar el sistema." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al " -"sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de " -"treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor " -"proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) " -"d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es " -"descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" -" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit " -"de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" +"La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n" +" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit de dades per a la descàrrega.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1905,36 +1781,22 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los " -"automàticament: %1" +msgstr "S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los automàticament: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris " -"perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari " -"perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no " -"es pot començar la instal·lació." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no es pot començar la instal·lació." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1969,8 +1831,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" +msgstr "El producte %{old_product} s'actualitzarà a %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1992,23 +1853,16 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</" -"b></li>\n" -"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en " -"proporcioni\n" -"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul " -"apropiat en línia\n" -"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització " -"del producte\n" -"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per " -"suprimir-lo.\n" +"<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en proporcioni\n" +"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul apropiat en línia\n" +"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització del producte\n" +"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per suprimir-lo.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -2019,15 +1873,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió " -"inicial. Formen part\n" -"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible " -"una\n" +"Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió inicial. Formen part\n" +"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible una\n" "connexió a Internet, podreu baixar les notes de la versió actualitzades\n" "des del servidor web del SUSE Linux.\n" @@ -2084,8 +1935,7 @@ "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" -"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte " -"%{pattern_name}.\n" +"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte %{pattern_name}.\n" "No s'ha trobat el patró." #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted @@ -2096,12 +1946,8 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de llicència %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license." -"tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license.tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2146,8 +1992,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 @@ -2455,14 +2300,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del repositori</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a Nom del repositori. Si el deixeu en " -"blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL " -"com a nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a Nom del repositori. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL com a nom.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2473,12 +2314,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom del servei</big> \n" -"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, " -"el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" +"Indiqueu el nom del servei a Nom del servei. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 @@ -2519,23 +2358,19 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Servidor NFS </big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " -"imatge ISO\n" -"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS.</" -"p>" +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" +"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opcions de muntatge</big> \n" "Podeu especificar opcions addicionals per muntar un volum NFS.\n" -"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. " -"Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" +"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. Vegeu man 5 nfs\n" "per a més detalls o per veure la llista d'opcions possibles." #. radio button @@ -2554,8 +2389,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Suport de CD o DVD</big> \n" -"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de " -"suport." +"Definiu el CD-ROM o el DVD-ROM per a especificar el tipus de suport." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 @@ -2642,8 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Memòria USB o disc USB</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el dispositiu USB on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " -"dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2657,10 +2490,8 @@ "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà " -"automàticament\n" -"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o " -"si voleu utilitzar\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà automàticament\n" +"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o si voleu utilitzar\n" "un sistema de fitxers concret, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.\n" #. combobox title @@ -2680,8 +2511,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disc</big> \n" "Seleccioneu el disc on es troba el dipòsit.\n" -"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del " -"dipòsit.\n" +"Utilitzeu l'opció Camí del directori per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n" "Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n" "Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n" "(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n" @@ -2776,22 +2606,18 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidor i directori</big> \n" -"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o " -"imatge ISO\n" -"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al " -"servidor.\n" +"Feu servir les opcions Nom del servidor i Camí del directori o imatge ISO\n" +"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al servidor.\n" "Per habilitar l'autenticació, desseleccioneu Anònim i especifiqueu\n" "el Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya.\n" "\n" -"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a " -"Comparteix\n" +"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a Comparteix\n" "i el Camí del directori\n" "o imatge ISO. \n" "Si la ubicació és un fitxer amb una imatge ISO\n" @@ -2800,8 +2626,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "Podeu indicar el número de Port d'un dipòsit HTTP/HTTPS.\n" @@ -2822,8 +2647,7 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Tipus de suport</big> \n" -"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la " -"xarxa\n" +"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la xarxa\n" "o al disc dur. \n" "" @@ -2889,18 +2713,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Descarrega els fitxers \n" "Cada dipòsit conté fitxers que en descriuen el contingut.\n" -"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit " -"per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" -"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST " -"descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. </" -"p>\n" +"Activeu la casella Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit per descarregar aquests fitxers\n" +"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. \n" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 @@ -3140,22 +2960,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a " -#~ "new\n" -#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -#~ "module\n" -#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in the \n" #~ "package management</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats " -#~ "automàticament.</li>\n" -#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en " -#~ "proporcioni\n" -#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia " -#~ "adequada o mòdul\n" -#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb " -#~ "el \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats automàticament.</li>\n" +#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en proporcioni\n" +#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia adequada o mòdul\n" +#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb el \n" #~ "gestor de paquets</li></ul></li></ul>" #~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/qt-pkg.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-14 17:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 17:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -328,8 +328,7 @@ "però la connexió del servidor encara no és de confiança.\n" "\n" "Si us plau, corregiu el cas del certificat manualment, assegureu-vos que es\n" -"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un " -"altre cop." +"pot connectar amb el servidor amb seguretat i inicieu el mòdul del YaST un altre cop." #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 @@ -388,8 +387,7 @@ "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/" -"baseproduct\n" +"Assegureu-vos que un producte està instal·lat i que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "sigui un symlink que apunti al fitxer del producte de base .prod." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze @@ -578,25 +576,18 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.</" -"p>\n" -"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no " -"podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les " -"extensions o mòduls respectius." +"Introduïu els codis de registre per a les extensions o mòduls requerits.\n" +"Els codis de registre són necessaris per a un registre correcte. Si no podeu proporcionar un codi de registre, torneu enrere i desmarqueu les extensions o mòduls respectius." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -"L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." -msgstr[1] "" -"Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[0] "L'extensió que heu seleccionat necessita un codi de registre a part." +msgstr[1] "Les extensions que heu seleccionat necessiten un codi de registre a part." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -629,21 +620,13 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden " -"necessitar un codi de registre específic." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Si us plau, tingueu present que algunes extensions o mòduls poden necessitar un codi de registre específic." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " -"Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Si voleu suprimir alguna extensió o mòdul heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i suprimir-los-en manualment." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -652,11 +635,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre " -"sistema." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar extensions i mòduls disponibles per al vostre sistema." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 @@ -670,12 +650,8 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a " -"registrar." +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar les extensions i els mòduls que es tornaran a registrar." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -684,12 +660,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran " -"conjuntament amb el producte de base." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar quines extensions o mòduls es registraran conjuntament amb el producte de base." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -754,30 +726,22 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del " -"SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"El registre del producte inclou el vostre producte a la base de dades del SUSE Customer Center,\n" "i així us permet obtenir actualitzacions en línia i suport tècnic.\n" -"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa " -"el registre del producte." +"Per registrar-vos mentre s'instal·la automàticament, seleccioneu Executa el registre del producte." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, " -"establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" -"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. " -"Referiu-vos\n" +"Si la vostra xarxa desplega un servidor de registre personalitzat, establiu l'URL correcte del servidor\n" +"i la localització del certificat SMT a Paràmetres del servidor SMT. Referiu-vos\n" "al manual de l'SMT per a més assistència." #. the UI defition for the global registration status @@ -795,9 +759,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" -"Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris " -"d'actualització" +msgstr "Instal·la les actualitzacions disponibles des dels repositoris d'actualització" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 @@ -864,12 +826,8 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el " -"sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Introduïu les credencials del SUSE Customer Center aquí per registrar el sistema i obtenir actualitzacions i extensions." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 @@ -899,12 +857,9 @@ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest " -"producte i el\n" -"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de " -"sota.\n" -"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un " -"sistema\n" +"Si us plau, introduïu un codi de registre o d'avaluació per a aquest producte i el\n" +"nom d'usuari i l'adreça electrònica del SUSE Customer Center als camps de sota.\n" +"L'accés a actualitzacions de seguretat i generals només és possible en un sistema\n" "registrat." #. label text describing the registration (2/2), @@ -946,50 +901,28 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." -msgstr "" -"La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar " -"l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de " -"certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i " -"l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat " -"autosignat." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." -msgstr "" -"Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per " -"assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de " -"seguretat important." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Importar un certificat desconegut sense verificació és un risc de seguretat important." #. error message, the entered URL is not valid #: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 @@ -1014,8 +947,7 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement " -"%s.\n" +"El sistema de base ha d'estar registrat per tal de registrar el complement %s.\n" "Voleu ometre el registre del sistema de base i del complement?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -1025,14 +957,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran " -"per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió " -"trobada als repositoris seleccionats." +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "En aquest diàleg podeu seleccionar manualment quins repositoris s'usaran per a la migració en línia. Els paquets s'actualitzaran a l'última versió trobada als repositoris seleccionats." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 @@ -1089,13 +1015,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El " -"servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes " -"nous." +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "Aquí podeu seleccionar els productes de destinació de la migració. El servidor de registre pot oferir possibles migracions diferents a productes nous." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 @@ -1104,12 +1025,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." -msgstr "" -"Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de " -"migració més tard." +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "Useu la casella %s per seleccionar manualment els repositoris de migració més tard." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1142,13 +1059,8 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de " -"registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta " -"migració." +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "ERROR: el producte %{product} no està disponible al servidor de registre (%{url}). Feu disponible el producte per permetre usar aquesta migració." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1188,8 +1100,7 @@ "La miagració seleccionada conté un producte\n" "que no està disponible al servidor de registre.\n" "\n" -"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els " -"productes\n" +"Seleccioneu un objectiu de migració diferent o feu disponibles els productes\n" "que falten al servidor de registre." #. help text @@ -1198,20 +1109,12 @@ msgstr "El sistema ja està registrat." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls " -"addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Podeu tornar-lo a registrar o podeu registrar extensions o mòduls addicionals per millorar la funcionalitat del sistema." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer " -"Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Si voleu desfer el registre del sistema heu d'entrar al SUSE Customer Center i eliminar-ne el sistema manualment." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1387,8 +1290,7 @@ #~ msgstr "S'ha afegit un servidor d'actualització a la vostra configuració." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut afegir cap servidor d'actualització a la configuració." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." @@ -1431,8 +1333,7 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant " -#~ "automàticament \n" +#~ "El servidor necessita informació addicional del sistema. S'està activant automàticament \n" #~ " la tramesa del perfil del maquinari." #~ msgid "Update Source Issues" @@ -1447,15 +1348,11 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El registre com a usuari normal no inclou la font\n" -#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu " -#~ "i més\n" -#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, " -#~ "haureu\n" +#~ "d'actualització al mòdul d'actualització en línia del YaST. Si continueu i més\n" +#~ "endavant voleu actualitzar-lo mitjançant l'actualització en línia, haureu\n" #~ "d'afegir la font manualment. Altres\n" -#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden " -#~ "utilitzar igualment\n" -#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari " -#~ "al YaST \n" +#~ "eines, com ara l'Actualitzador de programari del tauler, es poden utilitzar igualment\n" +#~ ". També podeu cancel·lar l'operació i registrar-vos com a usuari primari al YaST \n" #~ "perquè les fonts estiguin disponibles per a totes les eines." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1491,199 +1388,146 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de " -#~ "registre\n" +#~ "Si heu adquirit una còpia d'aquest producte, habiliteu Codi de registre\n" #~ "i se us demanarà el codi del producte. \n" -#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que " -#~ "inclou el producte.\n" +#~ "D'aquesta manera, podreu accedir al servei de suport d'instal·lació que inclou el producte.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les " -#~ "actualitzacions en línia.\n" -#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre " -#~ "amb\n" +#~ "Registreu el sistema amb Novell i configureu-lo per habilitar les actualitzacions en línia.\n" +#~ "Per fer-ho ara, seleccioneu Configura ara. Retardeu el registre amb\n" #~ "Configura més tard.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "Per simplificar el procés de registre, incloeu la informació del vostre sistema\n" #~ "amb Informació opcional i Perfil de maquinari. \n" -#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot " -#~ "incloure\n" -#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb " -#~ "el\n" -#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel " -#~ "producte.\n" -#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte " -#~ "instal·lat.\n" +#~ "A Detalls es mostra la quantitat màxima d'informació que es pot incloure\n" +#~ " en el registre. Per obtenir aquesta informació, es posa en contacte amb el\n" +#~ " servidor de Novell i consulta quina informació es requereix pel producte.\n" +#~ " En aquest intercanvi inicial només s'envia la identitat del producte instal·lat.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades " -#~ "s'utilitzen amb\n" -#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del " -#~ "controlador\n" -#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a " -#~ "Detalls.\n" -#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No es facilitarà cap informació a persones externes a Novell. Les dades s'utilitzen amb\n" +#~ "finalitats estadístiques i per millorar facilitar l'ús del suport del controlador\n" +#~ "i el vostre compte web. Trobareu una política de privacitat detallada a Detalls.\n" +#~ " Vegeu la informació transmesa al fitxer de registre <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova " -#~ "que les fonts d'actualització \n" +#~ "Sincronització regular amb el centre de servei al client comprova que les fonts d'actualització \n" #~ "segueixen sent vàlides i afegeix les noves que hi ha disponibles.\n" -#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a " -#~ "Novell, com ara \n" -#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari " -#~ "estigui activada.\n" +#~ "A més a més, envia qualsevol modificació de les vostres dades incloses a Novell, com ara \n" +#~ "informació de maquinari, en el cas que Informació de maquinari estigui activada.\n" #~ "Aquesta opció no suprimeix les fonts afegides manualment.\n" #~ "" @@ -1774,11 +1618,8 @@ #~ msgstr "No s'han pogut instal·lar els paquets següents" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet " -#~ "%1." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Per a configurar l'iniciador de l'iSCSI, cal instal·lar el paquet %1." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." @@ -1846,70 +1687,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "La clau no és vàlida." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de " -#~ "Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us " -#~ "voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu " -#~ "Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu " -#~ "la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació " -#~ "opcional." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "El registre del producte inclou el producte a la base de dades de Novell i us permet obtenir suport tècnic actualitzacions en línia. Si us voleu registrar mentre realitzeu la instal·lació automàtica, seleccioneu Registre del producte. Per simplificar aquest procediment, incloeu la informació del sistema amb Perfil de maquinari i Informació opcional." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Podeu obtenir més informació sobre el procés de registre amb <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration " -#~| "Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and " -#~| "then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that " -#~| "can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information " -#~| "about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete</" -#~| "b> or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~| msgid "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration Data. Add a new key and value pair by pressing Add and then entering the appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Get more information about them with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a " -#~ "Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou " -#~ "mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors " -#~ "corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -" -#~ "a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. " -#~ "Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una " -#~ "parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ msgstr "Les altres dades que s'utilitzen per a registrar-se es mostren a Dades de registre. Afegiu una clau i un valor parell nou mitjançant l'opció Afegeix, i després introduïu els valors corresponents. Aquests paràmetres es poden passar amb <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Vegeu <tt>suse_register -p</tt> per obtenir-ne més informació. Suprimiu una parella mitjançant l'opció Suprimeix o modifiqueu una parella existent mitjançant l'opció Edita." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of " -#~| "the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server " -#~| "Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +#~| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del " -#~ "servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del " -#~ "servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de " -#~ "l'SMT." +#~ msgstr "Si teniu un servidor SMT personalitzat a la xarxa, establiu l'URL del servidor SMT i la ubicació del Certificat SMT a Configuració del servidor SMT. Per a obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu el manual de l'SMT." #~ msgid "SMT Server" #~ msgstr "Servidor SMT" @@ -2002,8 +1802,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." +#~ msgstr "S'està escanejant la xarxa per a trobar els serveis d'instal·lació..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" @@ -2045,30 +1844,22 @@ #~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si seleccioneu%1, és probable que el procés de registre falli.\n" -#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al " -#~ "sistema\n" +#~ "En cas contrari, podeu copiar manualment el fitxer del certificat al sistema\n" #~ "i especificar el camí si trieu %2." #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut carregar el fitxer del certificat SMT des del disquet." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut baixar el fitxer del certificat SMT des de l'URL que heu especificat." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu " -#~ "especificat." +#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer del certificat SMT al camí que heu especificat." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file" #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del " -#~ "certificat SMT" +#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error desconegut mentre s'obtenia el fitxer del certificat SMT" #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Omet" @@ -2104,8 +1895,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip the Registration?" #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" +#~ msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar el registre (i, per tant, ometre'l)?" #~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file" #~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer del certificat" @@ -2119,8 +1909,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" -#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the " -#~| "Registration." +#~| "You have to trust this certificate in order to continue with the Registration." #~ msgid "" #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" @@ -2205,9 +1994,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori " -#~ "de sortida." +#~ msgstr "Premeu Acaba per a crear el producte complementari al directori de sortida." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" @@ -31,12 +31,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " -"partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " -"fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -167,8 +165,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -272,8 +269,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " -"la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -321,8 +317,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " -"(un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -389,8 +384,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " -"Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -406,8 +400,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " -"Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -450,8 +443,7 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-" -"ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -528,9 +520,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " -"personalitzada." +msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -622,8 +612,7 @@ msgstr "" "Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " -"procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" "\n" "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" @@ -668,11 +657,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " -"instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -688,8 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " -"&product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -700,8 +685,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -718,8 +702,7 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Particionament personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " -"&productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -802,8 +785,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " -"estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -953,10 +935,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " -"hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, " -"o bé,\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" "encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" "" @@ -971,8 +951,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " -"perdran\n" +"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran\n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" "còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es farà una\n" @@ -1010,8 +989,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " -"una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1026,10 +1004,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " -"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " -"de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1043,8 +1019,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " -"Linux\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1059,8 +1034,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " -"fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1164,11 +1138,9 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " -"acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " -"que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1181,8 +1153,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " -"problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1196,12 +1167,10 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " -"instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " -"configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1267,16 +1236,14 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " -"d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1293,8 +1260,7 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " -"formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" @@ -1315,14 +1281,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " -"aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " -"muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1391,25 +1354,20 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " -"lògica i \n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" "ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " -"moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la " -"partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1423,8 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions " -"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 @@ -1573,32 +1530,26 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " -"fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " -"sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " -"inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " -"general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1721,13 +1672,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " -"sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " -"coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1741,8 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1753,8 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " -"fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1814,8 +1761,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " -"està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1825,8 +1771,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" @@ -1886,9 +1831,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " -"amb Snapper." +msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1988,19 +1931,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " -"totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -2010,20 +1950,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " -"lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " -"l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -2033,15 +1969,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " -"de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2089,16 +2023,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " -"cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2119,8 +2051,7 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " -"d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2158,8 +2089,7 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " -"correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2174,8 +2104,7 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" -"\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2212,8 +2141,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2232,11 +2160,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " -"punt de muntatge." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2345,8 +2270,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2430,8 +2354,7 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " -"dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2805,13 +2728,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " -"d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2911,10 +2832,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " -"deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " -"no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -3025,8 +2944,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3041,8 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " -"de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -3088,8 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " -"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3574,8 +3490,7 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " -"particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3653,8 +3568,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " -"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3688,10 +3602,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " -"Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " -"trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3753,8 +3665,7 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " -"volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 @@ -3865,13 +3776,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " -"fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3883,8 +3792,7 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " -"fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3910,10 +3818,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " -"es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " -"tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -4094,9 +4000,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " -"que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4104,8 +4008,7 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " -"ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4139,14 +4042,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4179,8 +4080,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4198,13 +4098,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " -"necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " -"més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " -"necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4238,36 +4135,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " -"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " -"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " -"de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4321,17 +4212,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " -"volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " -"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " -"calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4541,8 +4428,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " -"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4563,12 +4449,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4599,26 +4481,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " -"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " -"d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4626,16 +4503,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " -"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " -"servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " -"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4644,8 +4516,7 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " -"significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4653,16 +4524,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " -"0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4725,16 +4592,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " -"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " -"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4744,12 +4607,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " -"amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5030,23 +4891,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " -"el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " -"Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " -"de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." -"\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5055,25 +4910,19 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " -"nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " -"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " -"alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " -"nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5165,8 +5014,7 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" -"los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5328,8 +5176,7 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " -"classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5339,42 +5186,32 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " -"molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " -"sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " -"Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " -"classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " -"els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5400,15 +5237,11 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " -"primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " -"Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " -"successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5417,39 +5250,29 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " -"dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " -"odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" -"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " -"regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " -"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5474,8 +5297,7 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " -"o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5486,15 +5308,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " -"Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " -"percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5513,8 +5332,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " -"serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5525,13 +5343,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " -"la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5546,8 +5362,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " -"predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5561,8 +5376,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " -"\"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5575,17 +5389,13 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " -"sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" -"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5618,20 +5428,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " -"el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " -"rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5667,24 +5473,18 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " -"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " -"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5699,8 +5499,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " -"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5711,12 +5510,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " -"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5727,12 +5524,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " -"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5743,14 +5538,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " -"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " -"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5760,9 +5551,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " -"provar." +msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5782,12 +5571,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " -"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5798,16 +5585,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " -"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " -"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " -"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5819,14 +5600,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " -"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5842,8 +5619,7 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " -"fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5854,12 +5630,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " -"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5870,16 +5644,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " -"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " -"d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5901,12 +5672,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " -"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5936,24 +5705,17 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. " -"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs " -"en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" +"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " -"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " -"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " -"que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5969,23 +5731,16 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " -"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " -"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " -"ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " -"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " -"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " -"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5998,23 +5753,14 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " -"incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " -"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " -"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " -"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -6042,8 +5788,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " -"directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6054,13 +5799,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " -"estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6189,8 +5932,7 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " -"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6299,10 +6041,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" @@ -6363,8 +6103,7 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " -"indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) @@ -6500,8 +6239,7 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " -"multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6648,29 +6386,23 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " -"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " -"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " -"muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " -"d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6686,8 +6418,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6756,8 +6487,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " -"banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6793,8 +6523,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " -"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -7054,12 +6783,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " -"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -7107,10 +6832,8 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " -"través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " -"proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -7121,8 +6844,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " -"desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -7130,8 +6852,7 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " -"suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 @@ -7203,15 +6924,12 @@ #~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita " -#~ "partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" #~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al " -#~ "tipus\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" #~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició " -#~ "d'arrencada?\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" @@ -7220,8 +6938,7 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " -#~ "necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -7292,23 +7009,18 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " -#~ "disponible" +#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " -#~ "de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7340,8 +7052,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " -#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7395,22 +7106,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " -#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " -#~ "crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " -#~ "perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7474,20 +7179,15 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " -#~ "botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" -#~ "B>." +#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/vpn.ca.po 2015-11-10 12:51:38 UTC (rev 94805) @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 18:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" @@ -90,9 +90,7 @@ #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer " -"de la clau." +msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu el camí del fitxer del certificat i el camí del fitxer de la clau." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 @@ -258,18 +256,11 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " -"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs " -"d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment " -"MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració " -"incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" -"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible " -"es reduirà un 10%." +"Si els clients VPN tenen problemes a l'hora d'accedir a certs llocs d'Internet, és possible que els amfitrions afectats evitin el descobriment MTU (unitat màxima de transmissió) automàtic a causa d'una configuració incorrecta del tallafoc.\n" +"Reduir TCP-MSS corregirà la situació; ara bé, l'amplada de banda disponible es reduirà un 10%." #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 @@ -310,8 +301,7 @@ #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "" -"Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." +msgstr "Si us plau, introduïu la IP de la passarel·la abans d'editar les credencials." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 @@ -526,15 +516,11 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial " -"del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" -"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar " -"manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà " -"ara.\n" +"Tant la passarel·la VPN com els clients necessiten una configuració especial del tallafoc de SuSE.\n" +"El tallafoc de SuSE no està habilitat; per tant, haureu d'executar manualment l'script de configuració a cada reinici. L'script s'executarà ara.\n" "L'script està ubicat a %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94804 - trunk/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:51:06 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94804 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -31,18 +31,15 @@ #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. #: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 -#| msgid "None" msgid "None." msgstr "无。" #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. #: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 -#| msgid "Mount Parameters" msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "必需参数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 -#| msgid "Optional Parameter File" msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "可选参数" @@ -53,7 +50,6 @@ #. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 -#| msgid "Authentication Client" msgid "Authentication Client Config" msgstr "认证客户端配置" @@ -67,28 +63,23 @@ msgstr "在登录时创建主目录" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" msgstr "启用 SSSD 守护进程" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -#| msgid "Selections" msgid "Sections" msgstr "部分" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "New Service/Domain" msgstr "新服务/域" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -#| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Delete Service/Domain" msgstr "删除服务/域" #. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:112 -#| msgid "Custom Xgl options" msgid "Customisation - %s" msgstr "自定义 - %s" @@ -108,12 +99,10 @@ #. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:135 -#| msgid "Modem Parameters" msgid "More Parameters" msgstr "更多参数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:138 -#| msgid "Filter:" msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "名称过滤器：" @@ -144,12 +133,10 @@ #. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:221 -#| msgid "You cannot delete the active profile." msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." msgstr "您不能删除 SSSD 部分。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -#| msgid "Do you really want to delete partition %1?" msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" msgstr "您真的希望删除 %s 部分吗？" @@ -160,14 +147,12 @@ #. Warn against removal of important parameters #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:272 -#| msgid "Modem parameter details" msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "确认移除参数：" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:273 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" msgstr "" @@ -177,15 +162,10 @@ #. Save settings - validate #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:303 -#| msgid "Logging enabled" msgid "No domain enabled" msgstr "无启用的域" #: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:304 -#| msgid "" -#| "There are no activated domains in the [sssd] section.\n" -#| "sssd will not be started. Only local authentication will be available.\n" -#| "Do you want to write this configuration?" msgid "" "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" @@ -202,7 +182,6 @@ #. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -#| msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" msgstr "您想要启用另一个服务还是加入一个域？" @@ -221,12 +200,10 @@ msgstr "域名 (example.com)：" #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -#| msgid "Identification:" msgid "Identification provider:" msgstr "鉴定提供方：" #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -#| msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgid "Authentication provider:" msgstr "认证提供方：" @@ -236,18 +213,15 @@ #. Create new service #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -#| msgid "These services will be enabled" msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." msgstr "没有更多服务可启用。" #. Create new domain #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." msgstr "请为新域输入一个名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -#| msgid "This domain is already defined." msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "域名已使用。" @@ -257,8 +231,7 @@ msgstr "揭示了配置文件的语法。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "以逗号分隔的当 sssd 自身启动时也将启动的服务列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 @@ -270,65 +243,44 @@ "支持的服务：nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "当数据提供者崩溃或重启时在放弃前服务应尝试重连的次数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "SSSD 可同时使用更多域，但必须配置至少一个否则 SSSD 不会启动。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "此参数包含了以查询顺序排列的域列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "默认正则表达式描述了如何解析包含用户名和域的字符串到这些组件中" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "默认的 printf(3) 兼容格式，描述了如何转义 (name, domain) 元组为完全限定名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "SSSD 监控着 resolv.conf 的状态来识别它是否需要更新其内部 DNS 解析器。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "默认我们将尝试使用 inotify，若 inotify 不可用则回退为每五秒轮询 resolv.conf 一次。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "SSSD 应在文件系统上存放 Kerberos 回放缓存文件的文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "此字符串将用作全部没有域名组件的名称的默认域名。" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose " -"mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "表示可见调试级别的位掩码。0x0010 是默认值也是允许的最小值，0xFFF0是最详尽模式。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 @@ -344,69 +296,48 @@ msgstr "此服务心跳间超时秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "此选项指定了此 SSSD 进程同一时间可打开的最大文件描述符数目。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "此选项指定了 SSSD 进程客户端可持有文件描述符而不与之通信的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "若服务不响应 ping 检查 (参考「超时」选项) ，它将会先发送 SIGTERM 信号引导服务优雅地退出。" #. NSS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "缓存 nss_css 枚举 (对全部用户信息的请求) 的秒数" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "若请求条目时间超出了该域 entry_cache_timeout 值的某个百分比，则可将条目缓存设为在后台自动更新条目。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " -"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before " -"asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "指定了再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应缓存否定缓存次数 (即，针对无效数据库条目如不存在条目的查询) 的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 -#| msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "排除特定用户不被 SSS 后端获取" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 -#| msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "排除特定组不被 SSS 后端获取" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "若您想使被过滤的用户仍留作组成员则请设置此选项为假。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "覆盖用户主文件夹。您可以提供一个绝对值或一个模板。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "设置当某域的数据提供者未显式指定用户主文件夹时所用的默认模板。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 @@ -422,50 +353,36 @@ msgstr "使用 shell_fallback 替换这些壳层中的任何一种" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "机器上未安装获准使用的壳层时所使用的默认壳层。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "查询时提供者未返回值时所使用的默认壳层。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "指定了子域列表被认定有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "指定了内存缓存中记录的有效秒数。" #. PAM configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "认证提供者离线时应允许缓存登入的天数 (自上次成功在线登入起的天数)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " -"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "触及 offline_failed_login_attempts 后可进行新登录尝试前必须等待的以分钟计的时间。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "控制在认证期间展示给用户的消息类型。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "SSSD 在线时对于任何 PAM 请求，SSSD 均会尝试立即更新缓存的该用户身份信息以确保认证使用了最新信息。" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -476,37 +393,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " -"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "是否评骘实现了随时间变化的 sudoer 项的 sudoNotBefore 和 sudoNotAfter 属性。" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "指定了再次询问后端前 autofs 回应者应缓存否定次数的秒数。" #. SSH configuration options #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "是否在受管 known_hosts 文件中哈希化主机名和地址。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "已请求主机密钥后在受管 known_hosts 文件中保存主机的秒数。" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "该域的 UID 和 GID 限制。若某域含有一个超出这些限制的项，则忽略该项。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 @@ -514,51 +421,35 @@ msgstr "从后端数据库读取全部项 (会增加服务器负载)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "若服务在 \"force_timeout\" 秒后未终止，监控器将发送一个 SIGKILL 信号强制关闭它。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定条目有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定用户项有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定组项有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定网络组项有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定服务项有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 sudo 应认定规则有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "再次询问后端前 autofs 服务应认定自动挂载器映射有效的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 @@ -566,9 +457,7 @@ msgstr "缓存机要信息以供离线使用" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "在自缓存清理期间移除前应在缓存中保留条目的从最后成功登入日起计的天数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 @@ -576,9 +465,7 @@ msgstr "该域所用的标识提供者。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "使用完整名称和域 (格式化成该域的完整名称格式) 作为汇报给 NSS 的该用户的登录名。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 @@ -590,8 +477,7 @@ msgstr "该域所用的访问控制提供者。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "应受理该域的密码变更操作的提供者。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 @@ -615,33 +501,23 @@ msgstr "用于撷取主机身份信息的提供者。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "用于此域的正则表达式，描述了如何解析包含用户名和域的字符串到这些组件中。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "一种 printf(3) 兼容格式，描述了如何转义此域的 (name, domain) 元组为完全限定名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "提供了执行 DNS 查询时选择偏好的地址族的能力。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "定义了假设其不可达前等待 DNS 解析者回复的以秒计的时间。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "若后端使用了服务发现，则指定了服务发现 DNS 查询的域部分。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 @@ -653,15 +529,11 @@ msgstr "视用户和组名称为大小写敏感的。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "当在代理提供者上按名称查询某个用户或组时，也执行按 ID 的二次查询以 '规范化' 该名称以防止所请求的名称是一个别名。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "使用此主文件夹作为此域中全部子域的默认值。" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -670,46 +542,33 @@ msgstr "逗号分隔的允许登入用户列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "逗号分隔的允许登入组列表。这仅应用于此 SSSD 域中的组。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "逗号分隔的显式拒绝访问组列表。这仅应用于此 SSSD 域中的组。" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "此工具会追加登入名到 base_directory 并用其作为主文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "指出是否应为新用户默认创建主文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "指出是否应默认移除已删除用户的主文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "被 sss_useradd(8) 用来指定新创建的主文件夹的默认权限。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "骨架文件夹，其收纳了当 sss_useradd(8) 创建主文件夹时复制至用户主文件夹的文件和文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 @@ -730,24 +589,18 @@ msgstr "用于执行 LDAP sudo 规则的默认基本判别名。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "指定了逗号分隔的 SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接的 LDAP 服务器 URI 列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "指定了逗号分隔的 LDAP 服务器 URI 列表，SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接以修改用户密码。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 -#| msgid "Base DN for the database" msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP 搜索的基础判别名" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 -#| msgid "LDAP secure port" msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP 方案类型" @@ -784,8 +637,7 @@ msgstr "对应着用户 gecos 字段的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "存放用户主文件夹名称的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 @@ -801,114 +653,67 @@ msgstr "存放 LDAP 用户对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "存放父对象最后修订时间戳记的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(上次密码变更日期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(上次密码变更日期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最小密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最小密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最大密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最大密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码告警时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码告警时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码无活动时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码无活动时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 " -"shadow(5) 对手方(账户过期日) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow 时，此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(账户过期日) 的 LDAP 属性名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos 时，此参数存放了存储 kerberos 中上次密码变更日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos 时，此参数存放了存储 kerberos 中上次密码变更日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos 时，此参数存放了存储当前密码过期日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad 时，此参数存放了存储账户过期时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad 时，此参数存放了存储用户账户控制字节段的 LDAP 属性的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 或等价物时，此参数确定了是否允许访问。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时，此属性确定了是否允许访问。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时，此属性确定了准予访问至的日期。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时，此属性确定了一周中每天准予访问的小时数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "存放用户的 Kerberos 用户实体名称 (UPN) 的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 @@ -916,9 +721,7 @@ msgstr "存放用户 SSH 公钥的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " -"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "某些目录服务器，例如活动目录服务器，可能会以小写传递 UPN 的领域部分，这可能造成认证失败。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 @@ -926,16 +729,11 @@ msgstr "若您想要使用大写领域则请将此选项设为真。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "指定了刷新其枚举记录缓存前 SSSD 必须等待的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "确定了检查缓存中不活动项 (诸如没有成员的组和从未登入过的用户) 并移除它们节省空间的频率。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 @@ -947,22 +745,12 @@ msgstr "列出了用户的组成员资格的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service，SSSD 将依据 " -"authorizedService 属性是否在该用户 LDAP 项中出现来确定访问权限。" +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service，SSSD 将依据 authorizedService 属性是否在该用户 LDAP 项中出现来确定访问权限。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=host，SSSD 将依据主机属性是否在该用户 LDAP " -"项中出现来确定访问权限。" +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=host，SSSD 将依据主机属性是否在该用户 LDAP 项中出现来确定访问权限。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." @@ -989,30 +777,19 @@ msgstr "存放某 LDAP 组对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "存放父对象最后修订时间戳记的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "若 ldap_schema 设为支持嵌套组的方案格式 (例如 RFC2307bis)，则此选项控制了 SSSD 将跟随的嵌套级数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "此选项告知 SSSD 利用一项活动目录独有特性，其可能加速在具有复杂或深度嵌套的组的部署上的组查询操作。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing " -"with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "此选项告知 SSSD 利用一项活动目录独有特性，其可能加速 initgroups 操作 (当处理复杂或深度嵌套的组时最为显著)。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 @@ -1028,13 +805,11 @@ msgstr "存放网络组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "存放 (主机，用户，域) 网络组铁三角的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "存放某个 LDAP 网络组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 @@ -1042,9 +817,7 @@ msgstr "LDAP 中服务项的对象类。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "存放服务属性名称和其别名的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 @@ -1052,52 +825,35 @@ msgstr "存放此服务管理的端口的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "存放此服务可解析协议的 LDAP 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "一个可选的基本判别名/搜索范围/LDAP 过滤器，可限制 LDAP 搜索只搜索此属性类型。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "指定了取消并返回缓存结果 (并进入离线模式) 前 LDAP 搜索允许运行的以秒计超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "指定了取消并返回缓存结果 (并进入离线模式) 前 LDAP 用户和组枚举搜索允许运行的以秒计超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "指定了无活动时 poll(2)/select(2) 跟随 connect(2) 返回的以秒计超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "指定了无回应时同步 LDAP API 调用中止的以秒计超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "指定了维持到 LDAP 服务器连接的以秒计超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " -"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "指定了单一请求从 LDAP 撷取的记录数。某些 LDAP 服务器强制单一请求最大限制。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 @@ -1105,15 +861,11 @@ msgstr "禁用 LDAP 分页控制。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "当使用 SASL 与 LDAP 服务器通信时，请指定建立连接必需的最小安全级别。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "指定了为触发解引用查询内部缓存必须缺失的组成员数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 @@ -1121,15 +873,11 @@ msgstr "在 LDAP TLS 会话中验证服务器证书" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "指定了包含全部 sssd 应认得的证书授权机构证书的文件。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "指定了包含以几个单独文件形式存在的证书授权机构证书的文件夹路径。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 @@ -1145,19 +893,12 @@ msgstr "指定了可接受的密码套件。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "指定了 id_provider 连接必须也使用 TLS 来保护通道。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on " -"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"指定了 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户和组 ID 而不是依赖于 " -"ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。" +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "指定了 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户和组 ID 而不是依赖于 ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." @@ -1172,9 +913,7 @@ msgstr "指定了要使用的 SASL 领域。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "若设为真，LDAP 函数库在 SASL 绑定时应执行一次反向查询以规范化主机名。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 @@ -1190,8 +929,7 @@ msgstr "指定了使用 GSSAPI 时票据授权票据以秒计的生命周期。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "选择客户端方面用于评估密码有效期的策略。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 @@ -1203,30 +941,19 @@ msgstr "制定了当启用了服务发现时使用的服务名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "指定了当启用了服务发现时用于查找允许密码变更的 LDAP 服务器的服务名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "指定了在密码变更操作过后是否使用上次操作天数更新 ldap_user_shadow_last_change 属性。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"若使用了 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter (默认)，则此选项是必需的。它指定了一个 " -"LDAP 搜索过滤器标准，用户想要获得此主机的访问权就必须满足此标准。" +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "若使用了 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter (默认)，则此选项是必需的。它指定了一个 LDAP 搜索过滤器标准，用户想要获得此主机的访问权就必须满足此标准。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "使用此选项可启用客户端访问控制属性评估。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 @@ -1238,20 +965,15 @@ msgstr "指定了执行搜索时如何解引用别名。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " -"the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "针对使用 RFC2307 方案的服务器允许保留本地用户作为某个 LDAP 组的成员。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 -#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address" msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Kerberos 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "指定了逗号分隔的 SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接的 Kerberos 服务器 IP 地址或主机名列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 @@ -1259,9 +981,7 @@ msgstr "Kerberos 领域 (例如 EXAMPLE.COM)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " -"can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "若 KDC 上未运行密码变更服务，则可在此定义替代服务器。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 @@ -1273,39 +993,27 @@ msgstr "用户机要缓存的位置。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " -"request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "在线认证请求或密码变更请求以秒计的超时。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "在 krb5_keytab 的帮助下校验获取的票据授权票据未被冒名顶替。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "当认证从 KDC 获取的机要资料时所用的密钥表的位置。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "若提供者离线则存储用户密码并在提供者再次上线时用其请求票据授权票据。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "请求可续期票据和其完整生命期，以整数后接时间单位的形式给出。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "请求票据和其生命期，以整数后接时间单位的形式给出。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 @@ -1313,9 +1021,7 @@ msgstr "当票据授权票据应续期时两次检查间的秒数。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos " -"pre-authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "为 Kerberos 预认证启用灵活认证安全隧道 (FAST)。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 @@ -1332,21 +1038,15 @@ msgstr "指定了活动目录域的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 -#| msgid "The IP address (or host name) of the host with a fixed address" msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "AD 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "以优先级顺序指定了 SSSD 应连接的活动目录服务器的以逗号分隔的 IP 地址或主机名列表。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "可选。可以在 hostname(5) 未反映在活动目录域中用于识别此主机的完全限定名称的机器上设置。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 @@ -1354,15 +1054,11 @@ msgstr "覆盖用户主文件夹。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "指定了用于映射活动目录用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的下界。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " -"Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "指定了用于映射活动目录用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的上界。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 @@ -1378,9 +1074,7 @@ msgstr "指定默认域的名称。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "修改 ID 映射算法的行为以与 winbind 的 \"idmap_autorid\" 算法更加相似。" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1393,20 +1087,15 @@ msgstr "IPA 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "可以在 hostname(5) 未反映完全限定名称的机器上设置。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 -#| msgid "The configuration of the NIS client will be saved.\n" msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "将使用此 IPA 客户端的自动挂载器位置。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "此选项告知 SSSD 使用此客户端的 IP 地址自动更新被构建成 FreeIPA v2 的 DNS 服务器。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 @@ -1414,8 +1103,7 @@ msgstr "更新客户端 DNS 记录时应用的 TTL。" #: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "选择其 IP 地址应用于动态 DNS 更新的接口。" #. autofs may only start after sssd is started @@ -1424,9 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "启用 %s 服务失败。请使用系统日志进行诊断。" #: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "" -"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " -"to diagnose." +msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." msgstr "启动 %s 服务失败。请使用系统日志 (journalctl -n -u %s) 进行诊断。" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -127,8 +127,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "基于当前运行中系统创建 AutoYaST 方案的客户端" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 @@ -157,18 +156,15 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "使用此对话框复制文件内容并指定其在安装好的系统上的最终路径。YaST2 会把此文件复制到指定的位置。" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" "为了保护所复制的文件，请设置文件的所有者和权限。\n" @@ -244,10 +240,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "对于许多应用程序和服务，您可能早就优化出了一个配置文件，\n" @@ -306,8 +300,7 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed " -"YaST packages in <software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "AutoYaST 方案的这些部分无法在此系统上进行：\n" "\n" @@ -558,7 +551,6 @@ msgstr "配置 Systemd 默认对象" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 -#| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "配置用户和组" @@ -711,8 +703,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,8 +719,7 @@ msgstr "安装来源位置 (如 http://myhost/13.1/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "此系统的安装来源 (若您选了则不能创建映像，因为映像不是动态的)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -745,12 +735,9 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "挂载在 /etc/fstab 中的方式：\n" @@ -764,8 +751,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -939,8 +925,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "大小 \"auto\" 仅在选中挂载点 \"/boot\" 或者 \"swap\" 时有效。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 @@ -1393,9 +1378,7 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "您真的想要应用模块 '%1' 的设置到您当前系统吗？" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1410,9 +1393,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "您真的想要应用方案中的设置到您当前系统吗？" #. EXIT @@ -1550,8 +1531,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "已导入 Kickstart 文件。\n" @@ -1683,8 +1663,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1696,8 +1675,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1846,8 +1824,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1877,8 +1854,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "此工具通过从此系统读取信息创建一个参考方案。\n" "请在默认资源外选择一些要从此系统读取的资源，诸如分区和软件包选集。\n" @@ -1889,8 +1865,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "右侧的表显示了要在目标系统上创建的分区。\n" @@ -1931,8 +1906,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "若未定义分区且指定的驱动器还是根分区应驻留的驱动器，则系统会自动创建以下分区：" @@ -1949,15 +1923,8 @@ msgstr "高级选项" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，AutoYaST2 将创建一个扩展分区并将全部新分区作为逻辑设备进行添加。但是，可以指示 AutoYaST2 " -"创建一个特定分区作为主分区或扩展分区。另外，也可以使用扇区而不是 MB 表示的大小来指定分区的大小。" +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "默认情况下，AutoYaST2 将创建一个扩展分区并将全部新分区作为逻辑设备进行添加。但是，可以指示 AutoYaST2 创建一个特定分区作为主分区或扩展分区。另外，也可以使用扇区而不是 MB 表示的大小来指定分区的大小。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -1969,8 +1936,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2092,8 +2058,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2109,8 +2074,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2143,8 +2107,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2159,12 +2122,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2178,10 +2138,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2272,8 +2230,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2304,9 +2261,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "XML 解析器在解析 autoyast 方案时报告了一个错误。错误消息为：\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. @@ -2383,10 +2338,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2399,8 +2352,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "除已有模块和大家都熟悉的模块外，我们还为特殊和复杂的配置创建了新的接口，这些接口包括分区、常规选项和软件。\n" @@ -2501,7 +2453,6 @@ #. NTP syncing #: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 -#| msgid "Syncing server..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "正在同步时间..." @@ -2511,12 +2462,10 @@ msgstr "正与 %s 同步时间。" #: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 -#| msgid "Parsing failed." msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "时间同步失败。" #: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 -#| msgid "Cannot mount file system." msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "无法更新系统时间。" @@ -2548,7 +2497,6 @@ msgstr[0] "共 %s 个驱动器" #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 -#| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "尚未克隆。" @@ -2618,9 +2566,7 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "映像创建失败于软件集安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 @@ -2628,9 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "正在创建映像 - 安装软件包" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "映像创建失败于软件包安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2643,8 +2587,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "您现在可以在 %1/ 修改映像。\n" "您若按下确认按钮，%1/ 将被压缩成映像，便再也不能修改了。" @@ -2692,8 +2635,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" "您现在可以在 %1 修改 ISO，比如添加一个完全不同的 AutoYaST XML 文件。\n" @@ -2738,16 +2680,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "软件包依赖关系解决器运行失败。请检查 autoyast 方案中的软件部分。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "在您的 XML 方案中配置的分区计划并不适合该硬盘。缺少 %1MB" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -240,16 +240,12 @@ #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "缺少目标文件名 ('xmlfile' 选项)。请使用 xmlfile=<目标_XML_文件> 命令行选项。" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "目标文件名 ('xmlfile' 选项) 为空。请使用 xmlfile=<目标_XML_文件> 命令行选项。" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line @@ -428,12 +424,10 @@ #. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") #. end #: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 -#| msgid "Loading packages list..." msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "正在将软件包加载到内存 '%s'" #: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 -#| msgid "Remove package %1?" msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "正在从内存中移除软件包 '%s'" @@ -1000,14 +994,8 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration " -"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"树形导航也可以使用箭头键完成。要打开或关闭一个分支请使用 [空格]。对于在左侧显示树形配置项 (可能看起来像一个列表) 的模块可使用 [回车] " -"来在右侧获得相应的对话框。" +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "树形导航也可以使用箭头键完成。要打开或关闭一个分支请使用 [空格]。对于在左侧显示树形配置项 (可能看起来像一个列表) 的模块可使用 [回车] 来在右侧获得相应的对话框。" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1036,8 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" "2) 按键替代 \n" "因为环境可以影响键盘的使用，所以有多于一种方法来在对话页面间导航。\n" -"若 [TAB] 和 [SHIFT] (或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 无效，可用 [CTRL] + [F] 使焦点前移，用 [CTRL] + [B] " -"使焦点后移。" +"若 [TAB] 和 [SHIFT] (或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 无效，可用 [CTRL] + [F] 使焦点前移，用 [CTRL] + [B] 使焦点后移。" #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 @@ -1054,8 +1041,7 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) 功能键 \n" "功能键提供了对主要功能的快速访问。\n" @@ -1838,8 +1824,7 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2790,39 +2775,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "防火墙已启用 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">禁用</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">" -"enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "防火墙已禁用 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">启用</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "SSH 端口已打开(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">关闭</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "SSH 端口已屏蔽 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">打开</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" "SSH 端口已打开 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">关闭</a>), \n" @@ -2830,33 +2808,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on " -"the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过 SSH 安装系统，但您尚未打开防火墙上的 SSH 端口。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a " -"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">关闭</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">关闭</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a " -"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已屏蔽 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">打开</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过远程管理 (VNC) 安装系统，但您尚未打开防火墙上的 VNC 端口。" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text @@ -2871,9 +2840,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过 iSCSI 目标安装系统，但您尚未在防火墙上打开需要的端口。" #. Returns service definition. @@ -3038,8 +3005,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3546,10 +3512,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3588,8 +3552,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3699,9 +3662,7 @@ msgstr "在软件管理器中继续" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or " -"removed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>安装报告<BIG>这里是一份已安装或已移除软件包的摘要。" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 @@ -3813,8 +3774,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4045,8 +4005,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "每个未经可信 (导入的) 密钥签名的软件包都会触发一个警告对话框。\n" "若您不信任该密钥，将不会使用由该密钥的所有者创建的软件包或软件源。" @@ -4125,8 +4084,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4184,14 +4142,8 @@ msgstr "正在安装软件包。" #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the " -"Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or " -"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"中止安装可用中止按钮中止安装软件包。然而，之后系统可能处于不连贯或不稳定的状态，若未安装基础系统组件，它甚至可能无法引导。" -"" +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "中止安装可用中止按钮中止安装软件包。然而，之后系统可能处于不连贯或不稳定的状态，若未安装基础系统组件，它甚至可能无法引导。" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 @@ -4850,9 +4802,6 @@ #. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -4862,9 +4811,6 @@ #. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -#| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" msgid "" "Files %s have been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose these files." @@ -5731,8 +5677,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "反向 IPv4 地址 %1 无效。\n" "\n" @@ -5862,7 +5807,6 @@ "无法添加主机名 %2。" #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 -#| msgid "Service Start" msgid "Service Status" msgstr "服务状态" @@ -5870,17 +5814,11 @@ #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>Reload After Saving Settings</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' " -"buttons).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable " -"the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the " -"already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>当前状态</big> \n" "显示服务当前状态。保存设置后状态仍不变，独立于 '引导期间启动服务' 的值。\n" @@ -5896,35 +5834,29 @@ #. Widget to configure the status on boot #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#| msgid "Operating System Boot" msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "系统引导期间启动" #. Widget to configure reloading of the running service #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#| msgid "Read Other Settings." msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "保存设置后重新加载" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#| msgid "Not running" msgid "running" msgstr "正在运行" #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#| msgid "S&top now ..." msgid "Stop now" msgstr "立即停止" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -#| msgid "Stopped" msgid "stopped" msgstr "已停止" #: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#| msgid "Start it now?" msgid "Start now" msgstr "立即启动" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -99,10 +99,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标 \n" @@ -129,8 +127,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "超时(以秒计) \n" "指定在默认内核加载前引导加载器将等待的时间。\n" @@ -151,49 +148,40 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "将通用引导代码写入主引导记录将使用通用代码 (用于引导活动分区的独立于操作系统的代码) 替换您磁盘的主引导记录。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "从引导分区引导是一个推荐选项，另一个是从根分区引导。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another " -"operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "若您计算机上还安装着另一个操作系统，则不推荐使用从主引导记录引导。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" "当有合适的分区时，从根分区引导是推荐选项。\n" -"若需要更新主引导记录，可选择在引导加载器选项中在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标并写入通用引导代码到主引导记录" -"。或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动此引导项。" +"若需要更新主引导记录，可选择在引导加载器选项中在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标并写入通用引导代码到主引导记录。或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动此引导项。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "若您的根分区位于逻辑分区上且没有 /boot 分区则应该选择从扩展分区引导" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "自定义引导分区可让您选择要从之引导的分区。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 @@ -205,27 +193,17 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<" -"/code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." msgstr "" "使用串行控制台可让您定义用于串行控制台的参数。\n" "细节请参考 grub 文档 (<code>info grub2</code>)。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -#| msgid "" -#| "Terminal Definition \n" -#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<" -"/code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "终端定义 \n" @@ -236,8 +214,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" "默认项失败时的备用引导项包含了一个引导项编号列表，\n" @@ -248,21 +225,12 @@ msgstr "选择引导时隐藏菜单后将隐藏引导菜单。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -#| msgid "" -#| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -#| "it in Retype Password." msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "使用密码保护引导加载器 \n" -"在引导时，修改甚至引导任何项都将需要密码。若勾选了仅保护引导项不受修改那么引导任何项都不受限制但修改引导项将需要密码 (这是 GRUB " -"Legacy 的行为)。 YaST 仅在您于再输入一次密码中再输入一次密码后才会接受该密码。" +"在引导时，修改甚至引导任何项都将需要密码。若勾选了仅保护引导项不受修改那么引导任何项都不受限制但修改引导项将需要密码 (这是 GRUB Legacy 的行为)。 YaST 仅在您于再输入一次密码中再输入一次密码后才会接受该密码。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 @@ -451,31 +419,20 @@ #. #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "可选内核命令行参数可让您定义要传递给内核的额外参数。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console<" -"/i> to when booting." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." msgstr "VGA 模式定义了引导时内核应设置的控制台 VGA 模式。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "可通过 os-prober 探测外来操作系统以与其它外来操作系统多重引导" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on " -"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " -"you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"保护性 MBR 旗标是一个专家设置，仅在一些诡异的硬件上需要。细节请参考 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。若您不确定则请不要碰它。<" -"/p>" +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "保护性 MBR 旗标是一个专家设置，仅在一些诡异的硬件上需要。细节请参考 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。若您不确定则请不要碰它。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" @@ -690,12 +647,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " -"\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "" -"从其它中，您可以手动编辑引导加载器配置文件，清除当前配置并提出一个新方案，从零开始新配置，或重新读取保存在您磁盘上的配置。%1" +msgstr "从其它中，您可以手动编辑引导加载器配置文件，清除当前配置并提出一个新方案，从零开始新配置，或重新读取保存在您磁盘上的配置。%1" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 @@ -770,8 +725,7 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details<" -"/b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -914,8 +868,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "选择菜单项可添加一个从磁盘某分区加载配置文件 (引导项列表)的项。\n" @@ -1039,8 +992,7 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "出于分区原因，无法正确安装引导加载器。" #. Represents dialog for modification of device map @@ -1111,59 +1063,44 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "未选择安装任何引导加载器。您的系统可能无法引导。" #. error in the proposal #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "出于分区原因，无法正确安装引导加载器" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 MBR(<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 MBR(<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">安装</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">" -"install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">不安装</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">" -"install</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "不安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">安装</a>)" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "警告：没有为引导加载器 stage1 选择位置。除非您知道您正在做什么否则请选择上面的位置。" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals @@ -1210,13 +1147,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " -"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or " -"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"从 MBR 引导不能与 btrfs 文件系统和没有 bios_grub 分区的 GPT 磁盘标签一起使用。要修复此问题，可创建 bios_grub " -"分区或使用任意 ext 文件系统作为引导分区，或不要把 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "从 MBR 引导不能与 btrfs 文件系统和没有 bios_grub 分区的 GPT 磁盘标签一起使用。要修复此问题，可创建 bios_grub 分区或使用任意 ext 文件系统作为引导分区，或不要把 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 @@ -1225,9 +1157,7 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "引导设备在软件 RAID1 上。请选择其他的引导加载器位置，例如，主引导记录" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -1237,15 +1167,11 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "安装器未设置激活旗标。若根本未设置该旗标，某些 BIOS 可能会拒绝引导。" #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " -"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." msgstr "安装器将不会修改磁盘 MBR。除非它已包含了引导代码，否则 BIOS 将无法引导磁盘。" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -127,8 +127,7 @@ #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured" -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "当配置了 udp 时必须填写期望票数" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 @@ -141,9 +140,7 @@ msgstr "多播端口必须为正整数" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." msgstr "若使用了多个接口则只能选择主动或被动。设置为被动。" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr @@ -215,15 +212,11 @@ msgstr "启用安全认证" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate " -"/etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "新创建的集群，请按下面按钮生成 /etc/corosync/authkey。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "要加入一个已有集群，请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/corosync/authkey。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 @@ -359,8 +352,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -401,74 +393,23 @@ #| "<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" #| "<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid " -"field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the " -"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to " -"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This " -" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will " -"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified." -"\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using " -"udpu(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the " -" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<" -"br>\n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " -"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " -"corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or " -"can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total " -"node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, " -"the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 这指定了 openais 执行文件应绑定的地址。该地址应总以 0 结尾。若 totem " -"流量应通过 192.168.5.92 中转，则设置 bindnetaddr 为 192.168.5.0。 这里也可以为 IPV6 地址，那样将会使用 " -"IPV6 网络。这种情况下，必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。<" -"br>\n" -"<big>多播地址</big> 这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络，但也应询问网络管理员要使用的" -"多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 " -"网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。\n" -"<big>端口</big> 这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais " -"服务使用相同的多播地址。 \n" -"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast) " -"时这里是可以配置的。 \n" -"<big>节点 ID</big> 该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选，IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32 " -"位值，指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定，将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0 " -"是预留的，不应该使用。 \n" -"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低" -"，但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM " -"协议。若只指定了一个接口指令，则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择主动或被动。 \n" -"<big>期望票数</big> 参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{} " -"部分时将自动计算，也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定。 \n" -"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<" -"br>\n" +"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 这指定了 openais 执行文件应绑定的地址。该地址应总以 0 结尾。若 totem 流量应通过 192.168.5.92 中转，则设置 bindnetaddr 为 192.168.5.0。 这里也可以为 IPV6 地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 网络。这种情况下，必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。 \n" +"<big>多播地址</big> 这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络，但也应询问网络管理员要使用的多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。 这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址，那样将会使用 IPV6 网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络，则必须指定节点 ID 字段。\n" +"<big>端口</big> 这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais 服务使用相同的多播地址。 \n" +"<big>成员地址</big> 这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast) 时这里是可以配置的。 \n" +"<big>节点 ID</big> 该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选，IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32 位值，指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定，将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0 是预留的，不应该使用。 \n" +"<big>rrp 模式</big> 这指定了冗余环的模式，可以为无，主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低，但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无，仅使用一个网络接口来运行 TOTEM 协议。若只指定了一个接口指令，则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择主动或被动。 \n" +"<big>期望票数</big> 参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{} 部分时将自动计算，也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定。 \n" +"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 #, fuzzy @@ -478,39 +419,17 @@ #| "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption " -"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 " -"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. " -"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as " -"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU " -"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu " -"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of " -"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on " -"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput " -"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. " -"The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>线程</big> 该指令控制用于加密和发送多播消息的线程数。若安全认证为关，则协议永不使用多线程发送。若安全认证为开，此" -"指令允许系统配置使用多线程来加密和发送多播消息。线程指令为 0 表明不使用多线程发送。此模式为非 SMP 系统提供了最大性能。默认为 0。" -"\n" -"<big>启用安全认证</big> 这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用 " -"sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 TOTEM " -"发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU " -"帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说，在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的 " -"3ghz CPU 上，20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/sec 的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说：在启用了此选项的 3ghz " -"CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。 \n" +"<big>线程</big> 该指令控制用于加密和发送多播消息的线程数。若安全认证为关，则协议永不使用多线程发送。若安全认证为开，此指令允许系统配置使用多线程来加密和发送多播消息。线程指令为 0 表明不使用多线程发送。此模式为非 SMP 系统提供了最大性能。默认为 0。\n" +"<big>启用安全认证</big> 这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用 sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 TOTEM 发送的消息，这将降低总吞吐量。启用后，据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU 帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说，在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上，20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/sec 的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说：在启用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall " -"is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -521,42 +440,28 @@ #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using " -"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated " -"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied " -"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是集群节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname " -"命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" +"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是集群节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" "\t\t<big>同步文件</big> 要同步的完整绝对文件名。\n" -"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行认证。可使用 csync2 -k " -"/etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有集群成员中去。\n" +"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行认证。可使用 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有集群成员中去。\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface " -"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You " -"may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 一个用于同步的专用网络接口。接口必须支持多播，并且是在线可使用的。您或许需要预先配置它。<" -"/p>\n" +"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 一个用于同步的专用网络接口。接口必须支持多播，并且是在线可使用的。您或许需要预先配置它。\n" "\t\t<big>IP</big> 指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。这是自动检测的。\n" "\t\t<big>多播地址</big> 用于同步的多播地址。\n" "\t\t<big>组编号</big> 同步时表示组的一个数字 ID。\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -57,8 +57,7 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "键盘布局\"%1\"无效。使用\"list\"命令查看可能的值。" #. summary item @@ -92,9 +91,7 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" msgstr "此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其它工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。\n" #. heading text @@ -176,8 +173,7 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -203,10 +199,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选择系统的键盘布局。\n" @@ -236,7 +230,6 @@ #. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting #. any error to the user #: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 -#| msgid "Failed to test backend %1." msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "设置 X11 键盘到 '%s' 失败" @@ -351,8 +344,7 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 不是有效的语言。请使用 list 命令来查看可能的值。" #. label text @@ -399,8 +391,7 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -484,11 +475,8 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the " -"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to " -"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -552,8 +540,7 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" @@ -566,10 +553,7 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." msgstr "使用详细语言环境设置来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。" #. heading text @@ -638,8 +622,7 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "介质上仅包含对选定语言的最小支持。\n" @@ -738,14 +721,12 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock " -"Set To.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -780,14 +761,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -807,9 +785,7 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." msgstr "目前显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手工将它们更改为正确的值，或者使用网络时间协议(NTP)。" #. help text, cont. @@ -929,8 +905,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region" -".\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -21,57 +21,42 @@ #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。YaST 应启动 docker 吗？否则 YaST 将退出。" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。请以 root 身份运行此模块或手动启动 docker 服务。" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 -#| msgid "Communication with fingerprint reader failed." msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "与 docker 通信失败，错误：%s。请重试。" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want\n" -#| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "您真的想要停止运行中的容器吗？" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 -#| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "您想要移除该容器吗？" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 -#| msgid "" -#| "Do you really want\n" -#| "to quit the installation?" msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "您真的想要杀死运行中的容器吗？" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 -#| msgid "Image" msgid "&Images" msgstr "映像(&I)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "&Containers" msgstr "容器(&C)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 -#| msgid "Disk Image" msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Docker 映像" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 -#| msgid "Running Internet Connection Test" msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "运行中的 Docker 容器" @@ -80,27 +65,22 @@ msgstr "仓库" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -#| msgid "Tab" msgid "Tag" msgstr "标签" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 -#| msgid "Image" msgid "Image ID" msgstr "映像 ID" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 -#| msgid "Create" msgid "Created" msgstr "已创建" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 -#| msgid "Virtual Device" msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "虚拟尺寸" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "Container ID" msgstr "映像 ID" @@ -117,7 +97,6 @@ msgstr "状态" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 -#| msgid "Port" msgid "Ports" msgstr "端口" @@ -134,37 +113,29 @@ msgstr "删除(&D)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 -#| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "显示变动(&h)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 -#| msgid "Terminals" msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "插入终端(&T)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "停止容器(&S)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 -#| msgid " Container" msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "杀死容器(&K)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 -#| msgid "Comment" msgid "&Commit" msgstr "提交(&C)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -#| msgid "Exit" msgid "&Exit" msgstr "退出(&E)" #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 -#| msgid "Do you really want to delete %1?" msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "您真的想要删除映像 \"%s\" 吗？" - Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/fonts.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -25,14 +25,7 @@ msgstr "位图字体" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 -msgid "" -"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in t" -"he rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain " -"bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. " -"They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap an" -"d are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline f" -"onts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for sma" -"ll sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 @@ -40,12 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 -msgid "" -"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In" -" contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawbac" -"k of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fo" -"nts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts whi" -"le maintaining scalability." +msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 @@ -53,24 +41,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unsp" -"ecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认值" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, t" -"his setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readab" -"ility. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are r" -"endered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on th" -"e 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces " -"glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (no" -"wdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 @@ -78,9 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 -msgid "" -"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered go" -"od compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 @@ -88,11 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter i" -"s used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzi" -"er (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is us" -"ed." +msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 @@ -100,9 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering " -"enabled FreeType library." +msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" #. for testsuite @@ -224,7 +195,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:644 msgid "&Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择(&S)" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:666 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:777 msgid "LCD &Filter" @@ -236,7 +207,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:688 msgid "Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "别名" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Font Family" @@ -244,23 +215,23 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:707 msgid "Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可用" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:708 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:710 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向下" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:711 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "向上" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:717 src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:66 msgid "&Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加(&A)" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:719 msgid "&Installed families..." @@ -356,8 +327,7 @@ #. we are in user mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 -msgid "" -"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 @@ -365,15 +335,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 -msgid "" -"Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." -"" +msgid "Module to control system wide or user font rendering setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that on" -"e almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgid "Distribution default is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 @@ -381,15 +347,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i" -">system setting. " +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create system setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses " -"distribution default.</li>" +msgid "System, where font module never run or Default preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 @@ -397,15 +359,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "" -"User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, us" -"es system settings. " +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to Use system settings, uses system settings. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "" -"User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul" -">" +msgid "User, which chooses Default preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 @@ -413,15 +371,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other " -"font setting. " +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should alway" -"s have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 @@ -429,9 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "" -"Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <" -"ul>" +msgid "Presets button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 @@ -439,10 +391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That " -"setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual " -"fields of corresponding tabs." +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 @@ -450,9 +399,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus " -"changes made in currently running fonts module." +msgid "In this paragraph, current setting means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 @@ -460,28 +407,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 -msgid "" -"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves t" -"o given alias according to current setting." +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to current setting." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 -msgid "" -"In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the m" -"atched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " +msgid "In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking current setting into account. " msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 -msgid "" -"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen an" -"d specimen string for given script can be chosen." +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered" -" Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p" -">" +msgid "At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 @@ -489,9 +427,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 -msgid "" -"This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend fon" -"t rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." +msgid "This tab controls how fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 @@ -499,15 +435,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid "" -"By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing" -"." +msgid "By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called antialiasing." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 -msgid "" -" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." -"" +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 @@ -520,15 +452,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 -msgid "" -"Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." +msgid "Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font" -" type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by F" -"orce Autohinting On option." +msgid "In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by Force Autohinting On option." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 @@ -536,9 +464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -msgid "" -" It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option.<" -"/p>" +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by Force Hint Style option." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 @@ -546,10 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 -msgid "" -"Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version o" -"f given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely," -" on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgid "Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 @@ -557,27 +480,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 -msgid "" -"Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour pr" -"imaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." +msgid "Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "" -"Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding " -"to display and its rotation." +msgid "Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned of" -"f by default." +msgid "Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 -msgid "" -" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this se" -"ction has no effect." +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 @@ -593,14 +508,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 -msgid "" -"Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined" -"." +msgid "Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 -msgid "" -" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 @@ -612,11 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 -msgid "" -"System will look for the first installed family in the list, other q" -"uery elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE " -"distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org.<" -"/p>" +msgid "System will look for the first installed family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from fontinfo.opensuse.org." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 @@ -624,9 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 -msgid "" -"In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into accou" -"nt. Following two options strenghten their role." +msgid "In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 @@ -634,22 +540,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 -msgid "" -"Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the " -"same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same sam" -"e size too, same line wraps etc." +msgid "Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 -msgid "" -"Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably," -" and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." +msgid "Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 -msgid "" -"Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</" -"p>" +msgid "Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 @@ -657,16 +556,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 -msgid "" -"When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined " -"preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI request" -"s, if they cover required charset." +msgid "When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset." msgstr "" #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 msgid "&Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "过滤器(&F)" #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:61 msgid "Installed Families" @@ -682,14 +578,13 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:65 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:242 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消(&C)" #: src/lib/fonts/rich-text-dialog.rb:24 src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:243 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "确定(&O)" #. save unknown langs #: src/lib/fonts/select-ebl-dialog.rb:240 msgid "&Languages" -msgstr "" - +msgstr "语言(&L)" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -139,13 +139,11 @@ msgstr "票据" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -#| msgid "Authentication" msgid "Authentification" msgstr "认证" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 -#| msgid "Cancel" msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "取消(&n)" @@ -158,39 +156,30 @@ msgstr "好" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 -#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "启用安全认证" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -#| msgid "Authentication Key" msgid "Authentification file" msgstr "认证文件" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "" -"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." msgstr "相对路径将被保存在 /etc/booth 中，或直接使用绝对路径。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate " -"/etc/booth/<key>." +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "对于新创建的地理集群，请按下面按钮来生成 /etc/booth/<key>。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node " -"manually." +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." msgstr "要加入一个已有地理集群，请从其它节点手动复制 /etc/booth/<key>。" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -#| msgid "Authentication Key" msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" msgstr "生成认证密钥文件" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 -#| msgid "&Basics" msgid "Basic" msgstr "基础" @@ -322,12 +311,10 @@ #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -#| msgid "Failed to create the installation RAM disk." msgid "Failed to create authentification file " msgstr "创建认证文件失败" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -#| msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " msgstr "成功创建了认证文件 " @@ -343,7 +330,6 @@ msgstr "请选择配置文件：" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -#| msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" msgid "Authentification Configuration" msgstr "认证配置" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -263,9 +263,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "若您想要为某些设备创建黑名单通道以降低内核内存占用，请使用屏蔽设备。" #. progress step title @@ -281,14 +279,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "若您想要创建一个 AutoYaST 方案请使用复制系统设置。\n" "AutoYaST 是一种无需用户干预即可完整安装 SUSE Linux 的方式。\n" @@ -312,9 +306,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" -"do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "AutoYaST 方案将被写入在 /root/autoinst.xml 下(<a href=\"%1\">不写入</a>)。" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -352,9 +344,7 @@ msgstr "从映像安装" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "在此您可以选择使用 Novell 预制映像来加速 RPM 安装。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 @@ -366,9 +356,7 @@ msgstr "不从映像安装(&D)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "自定义映像部署 - 这需要配置一个 URL 作为安装来源" #. Image name, Image location @@ -377,15 +365,11 @@ msgstr "在此您可以创建自定义映像。\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "您必须先配置软件选集才能在此创建映像" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "创建一个映像文件 (AutoYaST 将在安装时从给定位置撷取它)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 @@ -411,8 +395,7 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "从映像安装用于加快安装速度。\n" @@ -422,12 +405,9 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -"auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "若您想要跳过整个 RPM 安装步骤可使用创建自用映像。\n" "AutoYaST 将转储一个安装更快、可预配置好的映像到硬盘。\n" @@ -441,8 +421,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "注意当从映像安装时，全部源自映像的软件包的时间戳记将不会匹配安装日期，而是映像创建日期。" @@ -586,7 +565,6 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -#| msgid "Keyboard &test:" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "键盘测试(&e)" @@ -619,8 +597,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -752,12 +729,9 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "若您想要创建一个 AutoYaST 方案请使用克隆。\n" "AutoYaST 是一种无需用户干预即可完整安装 SUSE Linux 的方式。\n" @@ -767,8 +741,7 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要克隆当前系统，您必须安装 %1 软件包。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 @@ -810,8 +783,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "已经打开调试功能。\n" "YaST 将打开一个软件包管理器来让您检查软件包当前状态。" @@ -848,9 +820,7 @@ msgstr "要使用的磁盘(&D)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "请选择将部署映像的磁盘。该磁盘上的全部数据均将被摧毁，磁盘将以映像中定义的方式被重新分区。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -1047,8 +1017,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1056,9 +1025,7 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " -"http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "若您需要安装特种硬件驱动，请参考 http://drivers.suse.com 站点。" #. Error message @@ -1113,8 +1080,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "您需要配置一个网络连接来使用远程的软件源或附加产品。\n" "若您不使用远程软件源也可以跳过该配置。\n" @@ -1131,8 +1097,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " -"\n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" @@ -1142,12 +1107,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" "您也可以使用其它选项选择更满足您需要的其它桌面环境 (或者选择一个极简安装软件集)。\n" @@ -1325,8 +1287,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" "若您需要安装特种硬件驱动请查看 'drivers.suse.com'。" @@ -1438,8 +1399,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "在此您可以看到从您正在升级的系统中发现的全部软件源。\n" "请启用您想要在升级过程中使用的软件源。" @@ -1920,8 +1880,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2017,7 +1976,6 @@ #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. #: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 -#| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "正在创建根文件系统快照..." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -395,49 +395,26 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User<" -"/b> and Password." -msgstr "" -"选择认证类型。可使用无认证，或进站和出站之一 (进出站可同时选)。然后插入用户和密码。" +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "选择认证类型。可使用无认证，或进站和出站之一 (进出站可同时选)。然后插入用户和密码。" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). " -"Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"使用添加来给予一个客户端从目标门户组导入的逻辑单元编号的访问权限。请指定允许访问逻辑单元编号的客户端 (客户端名称为 iscsi " -"发起端上的 '/etc/iscsi/initatorname.iscsi' 中的发起端名称)。删除" -"将移除该客户端对逻辑单元编号的访问权限。" +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "使用添加来给予一个客户端从目标门户组导入的逻辑单元编号的访问权限。请指定允许访问逻辑单元编号的客户端 (客户端名称为 iscsi 发起端上的 '/etc/iscsi/initatorname.iscsi' 中的发起端名称)。删除将移除该客户端对逻辑单元编号的访问权限。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"使用编辑逻辑单元编号可修改逻辑单元编号映射。请注意逻辑单元编号目标数字必须唯一。 在按下编辑认证" -"后，请选择认证类型。可使用进站、出站或两者。然后插入用户和密码。若在之前对话框禁用了" -"使用认证，那这里的编辑认证也是禁用的。" +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "使用编辑逻辑单元编号可修改逻辑单元编号映射。请注意逻辑单元编号目标数字必须唯一。 在按下编辑认证后，请选择认证类型。可使用进站、出站或两者。然后插入用户和密码。若在之前对话框禁用了使用认证，那这里的编辑认证也是禁用的。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "复制提供了给予另一个客户端逻辑单元编号访问权限的可能。" #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" "所提供的目标和目标门户组列表。点击添加可创建一个新目标。\n" @@ -452,11 +429,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -469,8 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -483,11 +457,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. " -"\n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -498,17 +470,13 @@ "它将自动生成。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "可以添加、编辑或删除全部额外配置选项。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" "如有需要可编辑 逻辑单元编号，设置类型 (nullio 用于测试目的)。\n" "若类型为 fileio，则请设置磁盘设备或文件的路径。SCSI ID 和扇区为可选项。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ #. Header #: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 -#| msgid "&Countries" msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "日志项" @@ -32,7 +31,6 @@ #. Return the result as an array of Items #: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 -#| msgid "Change Suffix" msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "变更过滤器..." @@ -42,25 +40,21 @@ #. Header #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 -#| msgid "Braille display" msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "待显示项" #. Interval #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 -#| msgid "Periodic interval" msgid "Time interval" msgstr "时间间隔" #. Filters #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 -#| msgid "Filters:" msgid "Filters" msgstr "过滤器" #. User readable description of the current filters #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 -#| msgid "Additional options" msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "无附加条件" @@ -103,7 +97,6 @@ #. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value #. * :values optional list of valid values #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 -#| msgid "&Units" msgid "Units" msgstr "单元" @@ -139,7 +132,5 @@ msgstr "源" #: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 -#| msgid "Messages" msgid "Message" msgstr "消息" - Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -52,23 +52,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "命名方式是：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 请只输入 \"kernel_string\"。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "kdump 命令行是需要被传送到 kdump 内核的命令行。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "如果您想要附加值到默认命令行字符串，请设定此变量。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -98,9 +92,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "发送通知消息的 SMTP 密码。密码文件 (普通文本文件) 的路径。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -145,10 +137,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -#| msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "转储标的包括下列标的类型：文件(本地文件系统), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -188,9 +177,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "命名方式是：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 内核只意味着 \"kernel_string\"。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -200,9 +187,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "选项意味着引导 kdump 内核的运行级别。只允许如 1,2,3,5 这样的数值或 s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -373,7 +358,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -#| msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -433,8 +417,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "选项只能包括 \"none\"、\"ELF\"、\"compressed\" 或 \"lzo\" 值。" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -734,27 +717,22 @@ msgstr "专家设置" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 -#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 低内存(&L) [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 -#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 内存(&y) [MiB]" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 -#| msgid "Total System Memory [MB]:" msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "全部系统内存 [MiB]：" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 -#| msgid "Usable Memory [MB]:" msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "可用内存 [MiB]：" #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 -#| msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MB]" msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 高内存(&H) [MiB]" @@ -762,8 +740,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -"added/removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "启用/禁用 Kdump \n" @@ -784,16 +761,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a " -"firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition " -"rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump " -"data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when " -"the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "固件辅助转储 \n" -" 转储在分区重新初始化前不会生成，而是在分区重启时生成。当执行固件辅助转储时，将冻结系统内存并重启分区，这将允许以一个新操作系统实例来从之前崩溃的内核" -"中转储数据。此功能只适合于有多于 1.5 GB 内存的系统。" +" 转储在分区重新初始化前不会生成，而是在分区重启时生成。当执行固件辅助转储时，将冻结系统内存并重启分区，这将允许以一个新操作系统实例来从之前崩溃的内核中转储数据。此功能只适合于有多于 1.5 GB 内存的系统。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -814,10 +785,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. " -"\n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. " -"\n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "转储格式\n" @@ -831,8 +800,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Kdump 映像的保存标的 \n" " 保存 Kdump 映像的标的。选择保存转储的标的类型。 " @@ -842,13 +810,11 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" "本地文件系统 - 保存 kdump 映像到本地文件系统。\n" -" 保存转储的目录 - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。n 通过按浏览选择对话框中的文件夹作为保存 kdump 映像的位置。" -"\n" +" 保存转储的目录 - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。n 通过按浏览选择对话框中的文件夹作为保存 kdump 映像的位置。\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 @@ -859,8 +825,7 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection.<" -"br>" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - 通过 FTP 保存 kdump 映像。\n" " 服务器名 - FTP 服务器的名称。\n" @@ -871,13 +836,6 @@ #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -895,13 +853,6 @@ #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 -#| msgid "" -#| "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" -#| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" -#| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" -#| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for SSH connection. \n" -#| " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -998,8 +949,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<" -"br>" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "启用删除旧转储映像 - \n" " 启用删除旧转储映像。如果转储文件数目超出了 旧转储数目 指定的数字，将删除旧转储映像。 " @@ -1018,50 +968,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "SMTP 服务器用来在转储后发送通知邮件。" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" -msgstr "" -"当设置了 SMTP 服务器后的 SMTP 验证用户名。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +msgstr "当设置了 SMTP 服务器后的 SMTP 验证用户名。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " -"be used.\n" -msgstr "" -"当设置了 SMTP 服务器后的 SMTP 验证密码。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +msgstr "当设置了 SMTP 服务器后的 SMTP 验证密码。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "通知接收对象指定了当转储保存后发送通知邮件的电子邮件地址。\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved." -"\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "通知抄送对象指定了当转储保存后，通过抄送方式发送通知电子邮件的以空格分割的电子邮件地址列表。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "旧转储数目指定了保存多少旧转储文件。如果转储文件数目超过了该数字，旧转储文件将被删除。" @@ -1253,7 +1192,6 @@ #. #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 -#| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "内核选项包括一些范围或冗余值。重写它吗？" @@ -1301,7 +1239,6 @@ #. Progress finished 3/4 #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 -#| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "正在读取可用内存并校准用量..." @@ -1375,7 +1312,6 @@ msgstr "已禁用" #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 -#| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel 选项的值：%1" @@ -1394,9 +1330,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " -"%{available} are available." +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "警告！可能没有足够的剩余空间。需要 %{required}，但只有 %{available} 可用。" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -57,8 +57,7 @@ msgstr "个软件包以解决依赖关系：" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "您可选择强行安装，但有可能损坏系统。" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -122,27 +121,19 @@ msgstr "不再需要" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若被一个新安装软件包推荐，它们将被附加安装。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "推荐安装这些软件包，因为它们适合已安装的软件包。是否安装它们由用户决定。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." msgstr "解析器检测到这些软件包背后没有软件源，即无法更新。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." msgstr "这些软件包可能不再需要了，因为之前的依赖关系不再适用了。" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -176,9 +167,7 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" msgstr "%s 区域的翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件" #. the label of the selections @@ -383,12 +372,10 @@ msgstr "立即校验系统(&V)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98 -#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "安装推荐的软件包(&R)" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102 -#| msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now" msgstr "立即安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)" @@ -410,7 +397,6 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194 -#| msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following" msgstr "被已安装软件包推荐，以下" @@ -673,76 +659,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"欢迎使用软件包选择器本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 " -"(服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常，在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分：<" -"b>过滤器、软件包表和菜单。" +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "欢迎使用软件包选择器本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 (服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常，在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分：过滤器、软件包表和菜单。" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) " -"or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be " -"found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"左边面板上的过滤器设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如，游戏或 C/C++ 开发) " -"的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在过滤器用法中找到。" +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "左边面板上的过滤器设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如，游戏或 C/C++ 开发) 的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在过滤器用法中找到。" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"软件包表是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如，所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) " -"的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列：" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "软件包表是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如，所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) 的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列：" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " -"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 软件包状态和符号)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>" -"可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 软件包状态和符号)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of " -"a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a " -"package or select an additional package for installation. The status change " -"can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for " -"detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and " -"Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"表格下方的动作菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态，例如，删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来" -"更改状态 (软件包状态详情，参见软件包状态和符号)。" +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "表格下方的动作菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态，例如，删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态 (软件包状态详情，参见软件包状态和符号)。" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"菜单提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息，请见菜单中好用的功能<" -"/i>。" +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "菜单提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息，请见菜单中好用的功能。" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -751,25 +694,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never " -"be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed " -"version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"可用动作菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如，用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。\"禁手\" " -"状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之，\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。" +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "可用动作菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如，用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。\"禁手\" 状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之，\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages " -"in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"您也可用回车或者空格来切换软件包状态。动作菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 " -"\"全部列出的软件包\")。" +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "您也可用回车或者空格来切换软件包状态。动作菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 \"全部列出的软件包\")。" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -778,26 +709,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updateda> " -": package will be automatically updated i : package is " -"installed - : package will be deleted---: never " -"install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + ：将安装软件包a+ ：将自动安装软件包 > ：将更新软件包" -"a> ：将自动更新软件包 i ：已安装软件包 - ：将删除软件包" -"---：永不安装此软件包 (禁手)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + ：将安装软件包a+ ：将自动安装软件包 > ：将更新软件包a> ：将自动更新软件包 i ：已安装软件包 - ：将删除软件包---：永不安装此软件包 (禁手)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( " -"package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:" -" i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-：保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除 (锁定软件包)软件集和语言状态信息： i" -"：已满足此软件集/语言的全部需求" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-：保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除 (锁定软件包)软件集和语言状态信息： i：已满足此软件集/语言的全部需求" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -806,66 +724,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"过滤器允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM " -"组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。" +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "过滤器允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM 组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." -msgstr "" -"软件集描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如，X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 " -"(必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集，会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。" +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "软件集描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如，X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 (必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集，会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"语言是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。RPM 组" -"不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反，某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。软件源" -"过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。" +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "语言是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。RPM 组不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反，某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。软件源过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。" #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"要使用搜索过滤器，请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如，使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D " -"软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要，只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。" +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "要使用搜索过滤器，请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如，使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D 软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要，只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"安装摘要呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如，标记安装或移除)，这些改变可以是用户指定的，也可以是解决器自动做出的。" -"软件包分类过滤器提供了关于推荐、建议、孤立和不再需要的软件包的信息。" +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "安装摘要呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如，标记安装或移除)，这些改变可以是用户指定的，也可以是解决器自动做出的。软件包分类过滤器提供了关于推荐、建议、孤立和不再需要的软件包的信息。" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -873,98 +753,32 @@ msgstr "菜单中好用的功能" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the " -"conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." -msgstr "" -"依赖关系： 这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下，每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个" -"对话框中通知您，并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突，可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。" +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "依赖关系： 这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下，每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个对话框中通知您，并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突，可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic " -"Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting " -"Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the " -"dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts " -"non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " -"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver " -"Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked " -"for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查，可切换自动依赖关系检查为关。您可选择立即检查依赖关系手动检查依赖关系。" -"校验系统项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突，有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用生成依赖关系解决器试例" -"。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla " -"上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时，这通常就是您需要的。" +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查，可切换自动依赖关系检查为关。您可选择立即检查依赖关系手动检查依赖关系。校验系统项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突，有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用生成依赖关系解决器试例。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla 上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时，这通常就是您需要的。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak " -"dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair " -"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " -"checking the system with Verify System Now the option System " -"Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " -"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"依赖关系检查的可用选项有： 自动检查依赖关系 (见上)，安装推荐软件包：若为开，将尊重弱依赖关系，" -"系统校验模式：修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意：在使用立即校验系统检查完系统后，系统校验模式选项将是开着的 " -"(若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。" +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "依赖关系检查的可用选项有： 自动检查依赖关系 (见上)，安装推荐软件包：若为开，将尊重弱依赖关系，系统校验模式：修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意：在使用立即校验系统检查完系统后，系统校验模式选项将是开着的 (若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>" -"/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"高级选项： 删除软件包时清理：移除无用的依赖软件包。允许变更厂商" -"：软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存，它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> " -"中设置。" +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "高级选项： 删除软件包时清理：移除无用的依赖软件包。允许变更厂商：软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存，它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> 中设置。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"视图： 选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有：软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 " -"(全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。" +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "视图： 选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有：软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 (全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository " -"and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update " -"Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours " -"of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"配置： 该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此，您可启动软件源管理器 " -"并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (启动在线更新配置)。您也可在安装软件包后的动作" -"菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。" +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "配置： 该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此，您可启动软件源管理器 并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (启动在线更新配置)。您也可在安装软件包后的动作菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages " -"into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package " -"List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set " -"of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in " -"provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " -"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "" -"额外： 杂项功能放在这里。导出软件包列表到文件将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML " -"文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的从文件导入软件包列表选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。<" -"i>显示可用磁盘空间将显示一个弹出表格，表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。" +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "额外： 杂项功能放在这里。导出软件包列表到文件将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML 文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的从文件导入软件包列表选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。显示可用磁盘空间将显示一个弹出表格，表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。" #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1161,69 +975,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security<" -"/b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"关于补丁的常规信息：安全类的补丁解决安装问题，我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装推荐" -"类补丁，它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装功能类补丁。" +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "关于补丁的常规信息：安全类的补丁解决安装问题，我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装推荐类补丁，它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装功能类补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." msgstr "总是会首先安装用于 \"libzypp\" (软件包、补丁、软件集和产品管理) 的补丁。其它补丁必须在第二轮才能安装。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i " -": All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"状态旗标含义：a+：与您的系统有关的补丁是预选的。它们将被下载并安装在您的系统上。若不想要某个特定补丁，可用 '-' " -"反选。i：已满足此补丁的全部需求。+：您已选择安装此补丁。" +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "状态旗标含义：a+：与您的系统有关的补丁是预选的。它们将被下载并安装在您的系统上。若不想要某个特定补丁，可用 '-' 反选。i：已满足此补丁的全部需求。+：您已选择安装此补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got " -"preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected " -"with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of " -"the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer " -"version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " -"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not " -"wanted." -msgstr "" -"更多关于状态的细节： 若有好几个适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁，它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 a+" -"。若使用 '-' 反选了一个补丁，其之后可能会显示为 i 状态。这是由于仍然选择中着其它与相同软件包有关的补丁。仍会安装该软件包的新版本，这个" -"补丁还是会被打上。若不想要补丁则需要反选全部补丁。" +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "更多关于状态的细节： 若有好几个适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁，它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 a+。若使用 '-' 反选了一个补丁，其之后可能会显示为 i 状态。这是由于仍然选择中着其它与相同软件包有关的补丁。仍会安装该软件包的新版本，这个补丁还是会被打上。若不想要补丁则需要反选全部补丁。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. " -"show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. " -"The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate " -"Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"菜单：过滤器菜单允许过滤补丁，例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。 " -"可使用动作菜单修改补丁状态。 视图菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意：若将过滤器调为 " -"'全部补丁'，某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀，因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。 依赖关系" -"菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。" +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "菜单：过滤器菜单允许过滤补丁，例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。 可使用动作菜单修改补丁状态。 视图菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意：若将过滤器调为 '全部补丁'，某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀，因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。 依赖关系菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。" #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1247,7 +1020,6 @@ #. begin: the label of the Contiunue button #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684 -#| msgid "&Continue anyway" msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "继续(&o)" @@ -1269,9 +1041,7 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. " -"Really exit?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" msgstr "将丢失软件包、补丁或软件集选集中的全部修改。 真的退出吗？" #. the label of language table @@ -1320,15 +1090,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select " -"what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"更新问题列表 无法自动更新列表中的软件包。可能原因：其它软件包淘汰了它们。" -"在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的较新版本。它们是第三方软件包。请手动选择要对这些包执行的动作。最安全的做法是将它们删除。" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "更新问题列表 无法自动更新列表中的软件包。可能原因：其它软件包淘汰了它们。在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的较新版本。它们是第三方软件包。请手动选择要对这些包执行的动作。最安全的做法是将它们删除。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1355,31 +1118,20 @@ msgstr "脚本" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838 -#| msgid "Package Versions" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "不兼容的软件包版本" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and " -"non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." msgstr "您正试图同时安装此软件包的可多版本并存版本和不可多版本并存版本。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install " -"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "" -"此版本是可多版本并存的。按 \"继续\" 安装此版本并反选不可多版本并存的版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留另一个。" +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "此版本是可多版本并存的。按 \"继续\" 安装此版本并反选不可多版本并存的版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留另一个。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to " -"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " -"unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "" -"此版本不是可多版本并存的。请按 \"继续\" 只安装此版本并反选全部其它版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。" +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "此版本不是可多版本并存的。请按 \"继续\" 只安装此版本并反选全部其它版本，\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。" #~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." #~ msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若新安装的软件包推荐了它们，则将附加安装它们。要获得已安装软件包推荐的软件包，需设置依赖关系菜单下的安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包选项。" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -128,10 +128,8 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>防火墙和 SSH</big> \n" @@ -140,17 +138,14 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "在此您可以选择在安装后启用或禁用防火墙。推荐保持启用。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" "若启用了防火墙，您可以决定是否为 SSH 服务打开防火墙端口并允许远程 SSH 登入。\n" @@ -354,8 +349,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "未定义版本资讯的 URL。无法执行互联网测试。" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -366,8 +360,7 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "由于服务器端错误，下载最新的版本资讯失败。\n" @@ -730,9 +723,7 @@ msgstr "必须指定目的地 IP 地址。" #: src/clients/routing.rb:348 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "必须指定至少一个以下参数 (网关、网络掩码、设备、选项)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:370 @@ -1354,12 +1345,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " -"Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD 优先级</big>\n" @@ -1562,9 +1550,7 @@ msgstr "使用 \"id\" 选项确定设备。" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "\"id\" 的值超出范围。请使用 \"list\" 选项检查 \"id\" 的最大值。" #. Handler for action "add" @@ -1679,9 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "正在安装固件" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "为了顺利安装固件，需要执行 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' 脚本。现在执行它吗？" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 @@ -1761,8 +1745,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev 规则 是内核设备管理器的规则，\n" @@ -1771,10 +1754,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" "显示可见端口标识允许您物理识别现在正配置的 NIC。\n" @@ -1785,10 +1766,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "内核模块。在此为您的网络设备输入内核模块 (驱动) 名称。\n" "若设备已经配置过了，请在下拉列表中查看是否有多个驱动可用于您的设备。\n" @@ -1798,19 +1777,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "另外，也可以指定内核模块的选项。 \n" "使用此格式：选项=值。每项之间以空格分隔，例如 io=0x300 irq=5。\n" "注意：若用同一个模块名称配置了两块网卡，则保存时将合并这些选项。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "若您通过 Ethtool 选项指定了选项，ifup 将使用这些选项调用 ethtool。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -1828,9 +1803,7 @@ msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" -msgstr "" -"在此设置您的联网设备。这些值将被写入 /etc/modprobe.conf 或 /etc/chandev.conf。<" -"/p>\n" +msgstr "在此设置您的联网设备。这些值将被写入 /etc/modprobe.conf 或 /etc/chandev.conf。\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 @@ -1985,27 +1958,19 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "输入此接口的任何附加选项 (以空格分隔)。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "若应为此接口启用 IP 地址接管，请选择启用 IPA 接管。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "若此卡已配置了第 2 层支持，请选择启用第 2 层支持。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "若此卡已配置了第 2 层支持，请输入第 2 层 MAC 地址。" #. TextEntry label @@ -2190,8 +2155,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 协议设置</big>\n" @@ -2222,8 +2186,7 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "请为每条路由输入目的地网络的 IP 地址、网关地址和网络掩码。\n" "要忽略这些值中的任何一个，请使用破折号 \"-\"。\n" @@ -2249,8 +2212,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2261,12 +2223,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "若您正在使用 DHCP 获得 IP 地址，请检查您是否也能通过 DHCP 获得一个主机名。\n" @@ -2278,15 +2237,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"指派主机名到回路 IP 在 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> 中将您的主机名和 IP 地址 <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> " -"关联了起来，这种行为就叫回路。\n" +"指派主机名到回路 IP 在 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> 中将您的主机名和 IP 地址 <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> 关联了起来，这种行为就叫回路。\n" "若您想要在任何情况下都能解析主机名，即使在没有活动网络的情况下也能，那么这是一个有用的选项。\n" "在其它任何情况下，请谨慎使用之，尤其是当此计算机提供了一些网络服务时。\n" @@ -2323,12 +2279,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" "请输入此计算机的短名称 (例如 甜软萌的壳酱) 和它所属的 DNS 域 (例如 marguerite.su)。\n" @@ -2337,16 +2290,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" "选择修改 DNS 配置的方式 (名称服务器，搜索列表，/etc/resolv.conf 内容)。\n" -"通常由 netconfig 脚本处理，该脚本会合并静态定义的数据和动态获得的数据 (例如，从 DHCP 客户端、NetworkManager " -"等)。\n" +"通常由 netconfig 脚本处理，该脚本会合并静态定义的数据和动态获得的数据 (例如，从 DHCP 客户端、NetworkManager 等)。\n" "这是默认设置。使用默认策略可以满足大多数配置的需要。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2370,8 +2321,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>地址设置</big>\n" @@ -2379,9 +2329,7 @@ "这在绑定以太网设备时特别有用。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " -"BIOS.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "若您想要保留在 BIOS 中配置的网络，请勾选 iBFT。\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2406,10 +2354,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." -"\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "要搜索并静态指派 IP 地址，请选择Zeroconf。\n" "要使用 DHCP，不行再回到 zeroconf，请选择 DHCP + Zeroconf。\n" @@ -2418,8 +2364,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2429,12 +2374,9 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "对于静态地址设置，请输入您计算机的静态 IP 地址 (例如，<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) 和\n" "网络掩码 (通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>或前缀长度 <tt>/24</tt>)。此外，您还可以为此 IP 地址\n" @@ -2474,9 +2416,7 @@ "则将禁用防火墙。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "必备接口指定了若引导时接口未能启动，网络服务是否报告失败。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2496,8 +2436,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "请选择绑定设备的从属设备。\n" "只有设备激活设为从不和设置了无地址设置的设备才可用。" @@ -2525,15 +2464,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "要发送的主机名指定了 DHCP 客户端发送消息到 DHCP 服务器时主机名选项字段所用的字符串。\n" @@ -2566,11 +2502,9 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "IPv4 地址标签，之前叫做别名，是可选的，并且使用别名是很久以前的事了。\n" "接口名全长 (包括冒号和标签) 的限制为 15 个字符，并且过时的 ifconfig 工具会把它截断为 9 个字符。" @@ -2579,9 +2513,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo<" -"/b> instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "不要在别名中包含接口名称。例如，请输入 foo 而不是 eth0:foo。" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup @@ -2638,8 +2570,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2663,8 +2594,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2723,8 +2653,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "这些值将被写入 '/etc/sysconfig/network' 中的接口配置文件 \"ifcfg-*\"。\n" @@ -2820,8 +2749,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" -"/p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "对 TTLS 和 PEAP，请按服务器上的配置输入您的身份和密码。\n" "若您有特殊需要，要把使用的用户名设为匿名身份，您可以在这里设置。\n" @@ -2846,8 +2774,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -3078,8 +3005,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "要以主控或点对点模式使用您的无线局域网卡，请在此设置该卡应使用的通道。\n" @@ -3311,8 +3237,7 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>远程管理设置</big>\n" @@ -3550,9 +3475,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "由于多播 DNS 的原因，不推荐使用 .local 作为域名。风险自担吗？" #. Popup::Error text @@ -3834,10 +3757,8 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" "使用在 NFSroot 时与使用<tt>自动</tt>相似。\n" @@ -3855,8 +3776,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -3989,7 +3909,6 @@ #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 -#| msgid "Unconfigured" msgid "configured" msgstr "已配置" @@ -4001,9 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "确认重启网络" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "由于是桥接网络，YaST2 需要重启网络以应用设置。" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -4332,9 +4249,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "AutoYaST 设置网络/受管：NetworkManager 不可用，将使用 Wicked。" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4461,12 +4376,8 @@ msgstr "无硬件信息" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " -"See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"由于没有内核设备 (eth0, wlan0)，无法配置网卡。这大多是缺少固件 (对于 wlan 设备) 造成的。细节请参考 dmesg 输出。" +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "由于没有内核设备 (eth0, wlan0)，无法配置网卡。这大多是缺少固件 (对于 wlan 设备) 造成的。细节请参考 dmesg 输出。" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -166,32 +166,25 @@ msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"每个网络文件系统共享盘都由远程网络文件系统主机地址和导出目录、挂载远程目录的本地目录、网络文件系统类型 (普通网络文件系统 " -"或第四版网络文件系统)、以及挂载选项标识。\n" +"每个网络文件系统共享盘都由远程网络文件系统主机地址和导出目录、挂载远程目录的本地目录、网络文件系统类型 (普通网络文件系统或第四版网络文件系统)、以及挂载选项标识。\n" "关于挂载网络文件系统和挂载选项的进一步信息，请参考 <tt>man nfs</tt>。" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" -msgstr "" -"要挂载一个新的网络文件系统共享盘，请点击添加。要修改当前挂载的共享盘的配置，请点击编辑。也可用删除" -"来移除和卸载所选共享盘。\n" +msgstr "要挂载一个新的网络文件系统共享盘，请点击添加。要修改当前挂载的共享盘的配置，请点击编辑。也可用删除来移除和卸载所选共享盘。\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "您若需要访问网络文件系统 (第四版) 共享盘 (网络文件系统第四版是较新版本的网络文件系统协议)，请勾选启用第四版网络文件系统选项。\n" @@ -318,8 +311,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" @@ -453,7 +445,6 @@ #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 -#| msgid "\"Unexpected value '#{value}' for option '#{key}'\"" msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "选项 '%{key}' 出现了非预期值 '%{value}'" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -68,10 +68,7 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." msgstr "系统正在初始化安装和更新源。可在安装资源模块中修改软件源。" #. progress stage label @@ -163,9 +160,7 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "若补丁带有特别信息，将在补丁安装时弹出一个对话框提示。\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -244,9 +239,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 -#| msgid "" -#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -281,8 +273,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -73,8 +73,7 @@ "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" msgstr "" "GNOME 是一个强大且直观的桌面环境，\n" -"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件应用，Firefox 作为浏览器，Nautilus 作为文件管理" -"器。\n" +"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件应用，Firefox 作为浏览器，Nautilus 作为文件管理器。\n" #. explanation text for KDE #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 @@ -371,16 +370,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "选择您想要使用的在线软件源并点击下一步。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "选择您想要使用的在线软件源并点击完成。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 @@ -489,9 +484,7 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "软件包依赖关系解决器运行失败。请检查您的 AutoYaST 方案中的软件部分。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area @@ -556,9 +549,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "安装软件源－此模块不支持命令行界面，请使用 '%1' 代替。" #. pad to 3 characters @@ -740,23 +731,15 @@ "管理已配置的软件源和服务。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"服务或软件源索引服务(RIS)是软件源管理的一种协议。一个服务可" -"提供一个或多个软件源，它们都可被服务管理员动态调整。" +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "服务或软件源索引服务(RIS)是软件源管理的一种协议。一个服务可提供一个或多个软件源，它们都可被服务管理员动态调整。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -801,38 +784,28 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "修改软件源或服务状态 \n" "要修改软件源位置，请使用编辑。要移除软件源，请使用删除。\n" -"要启用或禁用软件源，或者设置初始化时是否刷新，请在表中选中软件源并使用下面的" -"复选框。\n" +"要启用或禁用软件源，或者设置初始化时是否刷新，请在表中选中软件源并使用下面的复选框。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "软件源优先级 \n" -"软件源优先级是一个介于 0 (最高优先级) 到 200 (最低优先级) 之间的整数值。默认" -"优先级为 99。若多个软件源提供了同一个软件包，将使用优先级最高的软件源。\n" +"软件源优先级是一个介于 0 (最高优先级) 到 200 (最低优先级) 之间的整数值。默认优先级为 99。若多个软件源提供了同一个软件包，将使用优先级最高的软件源。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "请在软件源和服务中的导航窗口顶部选择合适的选项。" #. help text, continued @@ -840,20 +813,12 @@ msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"保留已下载的软件包 选中此选项以在本地缓存中保留已下载的软件包，" -"从而可在稍后重装软件包时重复使用它们。若未选中，已下载的软件包将在安装后被删" -"除。" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "保留已下载的软件包 选中此选项以在本地缓存中保留已下载的软件包，从而可在稍后重装软件包时重复使用它们。若未选中，已下载的软件包将在安装后被删除。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"默认本地缓存位于 /var/cache/zypp/packages 文件夹中。可在 /etc/" -"zypp/zypp.conf 文件中修改该位置。" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "默认本地缓存位于 /var/cache/zypp/packages 文件夹中。可在 /etc/zypp/zypp.conf 文件中修改该位置。" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -975,8 +940,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "无法自动解决依赖关系。需手工干预。" #. this is a heading @@ -991,9 +955,7 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "软件安装－此模块不支持命令行界面，请使用 '%1' 代替。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1129,8 +1091,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "错误 -- MD5 校验和不匹配 不应使用此介质。" #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1157,16 +1118,14 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "若您使用 CD 或 DVD 介质安装时遇到了问题，您应检查介质是否损坏。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1179,10 +1138,8 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "若介质检查失败，则不应继续安装。\n" "继续安装可能失败或导致丢失数据。您最好更换损坏的介质。\n" @@ -1198,28 +1155,20 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "注意： 当介质正被系统使用时，您不能更换它。" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." msgstr "要在开始安装前检查介质，请使用引导菜单中的介质检查一项。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"若自行刻录介质，请使用刻录软件中的 pad 选项。它可避免在检查过程中介" -"质末尾出现读取错误。\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "若自行刻录介质，请使用刻录软件中的 pad 选项。它可避免在检查过程中介质末尾出现读取错误。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1559,8 +1508,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "安装软件源还包含了下面列出的额外软件源。\n" @@ -1728,38 +1676,25 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "您的计算机是 64 位 x86-64 系统，但是您正试图安装 32 位发行版。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "该软件集列表说明了安装系统后可用的功能。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"该提案汇报了将安装到系统的文件总大小。然而，系统将包含一些其它文件 (缓存和" -"工作文件) 所以所用空间将会比提案中的值稍微大一些。因此最好在启动安装前有至少 " -"25% (或大约 300 MB) 的空闲空间。" +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "该提案汇报了将安装到系统的文件总大小。然而，系统将包含一些其它文件 (缓存和工作文件) 所以所用空间将会比提案中的值稍微大一些。因此最好在启动安装前有至少 25% (或大约 300 MB) 的空闲空间。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "总'下载大小'是指将从远程 (网络) 软件源中下载的软件包大小。\n" "若网速慢或有数据流量限制，该数值至关重要。\n" @@ -1801,23 +1736,17 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "请联系这些附加产品的厂商为您提供新的安装介质。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "请联系这些附加产品的厂商为您提供新的安装介质。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "错误：无法检查基础文件夹 %1 (设备 %2) 中的空闲空间，无法启动安装。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" @@ -1875,10 +1804,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1896,14 +1823,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "初始发布时的版本资讯是安装介质的一部分。\n" -"安装期间若互联网连接可用，您可从 SUSE Linux 网络服务器下载更新的版本资讯。</" -"b>\n" +"安装期间若互联网连接可用，您可从 SUSE Linux 网络服务器下载更新的版本资讯。\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 @@ -1969,12 +1894,8 @@ msgstr "无法读取许可文件 %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"要正确显示产品许可，请在构建映像时把 license.tar.gz 文件放到 live 介质的根目" -"录。" +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "要正确显示产品许可，请在构建映像时把 license.tar.gz 文件放到 live 介质的根目录。" #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2002,11 +1923,9 @@ "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" "请仔细阅读许可协议并在可用选项中择一。\n" -"当然若您不同意该许可协议 (<del>傲娇的霸王条款</del>...才没有啦)，配置会立即中" -"止。\n" +"当然若您不同意该许可协议 (<del>傲娇的霸王条款</del>...才没有啦)，配置会立即中止。\n" "您亦无法畅享 openSUSE 这一最低调奢华有内涵的 Linux 发行版。\n" -"这会是人生中怎样遗憾的事啊！为了避免您的人生有所缺憾，请选择是。这只是您电脑" -"生涯中的一小步，却会是您精彩人生中的一大步！\n" +"这会是人生中怎样遗憾的事啊！为了避免您的人生有所缺憾，请选择是。这只是您电脑生涯中的一小步，却会是您精彩人生中的一大步！\n" #. dialog title #. #459391 @@ -2320,13 +2239,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>软件源名称</big> \n" -"使用软件源名称指定软件源名称。若留空，YaST 将使用产品名 (若有) 或 URL " -"作为其名称。\n" +"使用软件源名称指定软件源名称。若留空，YaST 将使用产品名 (若有) 或 URL 作为其名称。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2337,12 +2253,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服务名称</big> \n" -"使用服务名称指定服务名。若留空，YaST 将使用服务 URL 的一部分作为其名" -"称。\n" +"使用服务名称指定服务名。若留空，YaST 将使用服务 URL 的一部分作为其名称。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 @@ -2390,8 +2304,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>挂载选项</big> \n" @@ -2624,15 +2537,13 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服务器和文件夹</big> \n" -"使用服务器名称和文件夹或 ISO 映像路径指定 NFS 服务器主机名和在" -"服务器上的路径。\n" +"使用服务器名称和文件夹或 ISO 映像路径指定 NFS 服务器主机名和在服务器上的路径。\n" "要启用认证，请反选匿名并指定用户名和密码。\n" "\n" "要启用 SMB/CIFS 软件源，请指定共享名和文件夹或 ISO 映像路径。\n" @@ -2641,8 +2552,7 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "可为 HTTP/HTTPS 软件源设置端口号。\n" @@ -2725,8 +2635,7 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -3037,22 +2946,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>软件包搜索</big> \n" -#~ "使用Webpin 软件包搜索功能来搜索全部已知的 openSUSE 编译服务和社区软" -#~ "件源。\n" +#~ "使用Webpin 软件包搜索功能来搜索全部已知的 openSUSE 编译服务和社区软件源。\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>安全性</big> 找到的软件通常不是发行版自身的一部分。您需" -#~ "要决定是否信任软件包的来源。我们不为安装了这样的软件导致的问题负责。\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>安全性</big> 找到的软件通常不是发行版自身的一部分。您需要决定是否信任软件包的来源。我们不为安装了这样的软件导致的问题负责。\n" #~ msgid "Select packages to install." #~ msgstr "选择要安装的软件包。" @@ -3112,10 +3015,8 @@ #~ msgstr "搜索范围(&I)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" @@ -3186,14 +3087,10 @@ #~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" #~ msgstr "正在与 ZENworks 同步" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." #~ msgstr "您的服务已使用 YaST 成功添加，但无法与 ZenWorks 同步。" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." #~ msgstr "您的服务已使用 YaST 成功删除，但无法与 ZenWorks 同步。" #~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds." Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -73,19 +73,16 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "无法配置打印 (未安装需要的 cups-client 软件包)。" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "无法配置本地打印机 (未安装需要的软件包 cups)。" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "没有可访问的本地打印机 (使用远程 CUPS 服务器 %1 打印)。" #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: @@ -189,17 +186,14 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "指定是否在插入 USB 打印机时进行自动配置" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "使用 udev-configure-printer 软件包进行自动 USB 打印机配置(&U)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -217,9 +211,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统的打印机自动配置冲突。" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -506,9 +498,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " -"for the queue name." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." msgstr "队列名中仅允许使用字母 (a-z 和 A-Z)，数字 (0-9) 和下划线 '_' 。" #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -531,9 +521,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "如果下一个对话框未如预期的显示新打印机配置，请点击 '刷新列表' 按钮。" #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called @@ -580,9 +568,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " -"is used)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" msgstr "没有使用驱动（在使用一个“原始”队列或者“System V 风格接口脚本”）" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -634,9 +620,7 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." msgstr "如果下一个对话框未如预期显示修改内容，请点击 '刷新列表' 按钮。" #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -662,8 +646,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "如果不应该设置 '原始队列‘ 的话，保留打印机型号或选择另一个生产厂商" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: @@ -780,8 +763,7 @@ msgstr "停止位(&T)" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "要访问蓝牙打印机，必须安装 bluez-cups RPM 软件包。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -862,8 +844,7 @@ msgstr "URI（参见打印机手册）[百分号编码]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." msgstr "要访问 SMB 打印机共享，必须安装 samba-client RPM 软件包。" #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it @@ -1182,8 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "'space' 奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "'mark' 奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位和一个停止位。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 @@ -1352,9 +1332,7 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "要访问活动目录 (R)，必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-krb-printing。" #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: @@ -1538,8 +1516,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "打印机描述文件不符合规格。" #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1550,8 +1527,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "一个不兼容的打印机描述文件可能导致任何错误。" #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 @@ -1600,14 +1576,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1615,8 +1589,7 @@ "打印机设备不能直接访问，需要通过打印队列访问。 \n" "当多种应用程序自发提交打印任务时，这些任务被放队列，一个接一个的发送到打印机设备。 \n" "相同的打印机设备可以接受一些不同的打印队列。\n" -"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动的队列。" -"\n" +"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动的队列。\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 @@ -1730,19 +1703,14 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. " -"\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1751,8 +1719,7 @@ "当多种应用程序自发提交打印任务时，任务会排队，一个接一个的发送到打印设备。 \n" "相同的打印机设备可以接受一些不同的打印队列。\n" "通常当同一个打印设备使用了一些不同的打印机驱动时，就需要一些不同的打印队列。\n" -"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动来强制黑白输出的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL " -"驱动的队列，因为通过 PCL 驱动打印通常更快 (但质量会降低)。" +"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动来强制黑白输出的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动的队列，因为通过 PCL 驱动打印通常更快 (但质量会降低)。" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 @@ -1775,8 +1742,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1784,10 +1750,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1808,8 +1772,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1834,8 +1797,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1858,17 +1820,11 @@ "驱动使指定型号的打印机可以输出正确的数据。 \n" "如果指定了错误的驱动，会发送错误的数据到打印机，这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出，或完全没有打印输出。 \n" "驱动搜索的搜索关键词输入框初始预设为当前选中连接的自动检测到的型号名称，那些驱动描述匹配型号名称的驱动默认自动显示。 \n" -"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名称，或所有匹配的驱动描述都属于同一个型号，驱动描述会被分类，最有可能的驱动列示在最上方并被自动预选中。如果没有驱动被自动预" -"选中，您必须手动查找和选择一个合适的驱动。 \n" -"另外如果一个驱动被自动预选中，也不意味着这个驱动就一定是能满足您特殊需要的最佳驱动。严格的说一个自动预选中的驱动可能在您的特殊打印机型号上完全不能用。原因是" -"由于自动驱动选择只能基于比较字符串(自动检测到的型号名和驱动描述)来作业，因此结果只是如何设置您的特殊打印机型号的最佳猜想的方案。 \n" +"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名称，或所有匹配的驱动描述都属于同一个型号，驱动描述会被分类，最有可能的驱动列示在最上方并被自动预选中。如果没有驱动被自动预选中，您必须手动查找和选择一个合适的驱动。 \n" +"另外如果一个驱动被自动预选中，也不意味着这个驱动就一定是能满足您特殊需要的最佳驱动。严格的说一个自动预选中的驱动可能在您的特殊打印机型号上完全不能用。原因是由于自动驱动选择只能基于比较字符串(自动检测到的型号名和驱动描述)来作业，因此结果只是如何设置您的特殊打印机型号的最佳猜想的方案。 \n" "因此请检查当前预选中的值是否正确，如果您知道您的打印机使用哪种驱动更好的话也可以任意修改设置。 \n" -"如果没有匹配自动检测到的型号名的驱动描述，这也不意味着没有该型号的驱动可用。通常只是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不同。因此您可以输入您想要的驱动搜" -"索关键词并搜索全部可用驱动描述。 \n" -"通常默认驱动选项设置应该是合理的，所以该驱动可以用于您的打印机型号。一些驱动选项设置必须匹配您的打印机。尤其是驱动的默认纸张大小设置必须匹配您打印机中实际装" -"载的纸张。您可以明确的选择 A4 或 Letter 作为默认纸张大小，或者不选以使用驱动内置的默认纸张大小，该内置选项也是当驱动不支持 A4 和 " -"Letter 时的回退选项 (例如小尺寸相片打印机的驱动)。如果您喜欢调整除了 A4 或 Letter 以外的驱动选项，您必须先设定好队列，然后在下一步的 " -"'编辑/修改' 对话框中调整所有驱动选项。\n" +"如果没有匹配自动检测到的型号名的驱动描述，这也不意味着没有该型号的驱动可用。通常只是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不同。因此您可以输入您想要的驱动搜索关键词并搜索全部可用驱动描述。 \n" +"通常默认驱动选项设置应该是合理的，所以该驱动可以用于您的打印机型号。一些驱动选项设置必须匹配您的打印机。尤其是驱动的默认纸张大小设置必须匹配您打印机中实际装载的纸张。您可以明确的选择 A4 或 Letter 作为默认纸张大小，或者不选以使用驱动内置的默认纸张大小，该内置选项也是当驱动不支持 A4 和 Letter 时的回退选项 (例如小尺寸相片打印机的驱动)。如果您喜欢调整除了 A4 或 Letter 以外的驱动选项，您必须先设定好队列，然后在下一步的 '编辑/修改' 对话框中调整所有驱动选项。\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: @@ -1934,8 +1890,7 @@ "\n" "另外一种设置惠普设备的方法是运行 hp-setup。 \n" "惠普自有工具 'hp-setup' 提供了需要从惠普下载私有驱动插件并在最终用户系统中正确安装的惠普打印机和惠普多合一设备的设置支持。\n" -"另外 'hp-setup' 可以为惠普的网络打印机和惠普的多合一网络设备提供更好的支持，因为惠普的自有工具可以实现针对特殊惠普网络设备的特殊处理。 " -"\n" +"另外 'hp-setup' 可以为惠普的网络打印机和惠普的多合一网络设备提供更好的支持，因为惠普的自有工具可以实现针对特殊惠普网络设备的特殊处理。 \n" "详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章 '如何设置惠普打印机' 于 \n" "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set_up_a_HP_printer\n" "" @@ -1965,10 +1920,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2007,12 +1960,9 @@ "使用惠普多合一设备扫描) 就必须使用 'hp:/...' 连接。\n" "当您变更目前使用的连接为另一个时，驱动搜索关键词输入框将预设为新选择的连接的自动检测到型号名。\n" "驱动描述匹配型号名称的驱动也将默认显示。 \n" -"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名，或者所有匹配的驱动描述属于同一型号，驱动描述将被分类，最有可能的驱动列示在最顶部 " -"(但依然在当前使用的驱动下面)。另一方面，它并不意味着该驱动能合理的满足您的特殊需求。最顶部列示的驱动可能在您的打印机型号上完全不能用。自动驱动选择基于自动" -"检测到的型号名称和驱动描述的字符串对比，因此结果只是如何设置您的打印机型号的最佳猜想方案。 \n" +"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名，或者所有匹配的驱动描述属于同一型号，驱动描述将被分类，最有可能的驱动列示在最顶部 (但依然在当前使用的驱动下面)。另一方面，它并不意味着该驱动能合理的满足您的特殊需求。最顶部列示的驱动可能在您的打印机型号上完全不能用。自动驱动选择基于自动检测到的型号名称和驱动描述的字符串对比，因此结果只是如何设置您的打印机型号的最佳猜想方案。 \n" "因此请检查当前预选中的值满足需求，如果您知道哪款驱动最适合您的打印机，请随意修改设置。 \n" -"如果没有驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名，它也不意味着该型号没有驱动。通常是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不符。因此您可以输入你喜欢的驱动搜索字符串并" -"搜索所有可用驱动描述。\n" +"如果没有驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名，它也不意味着该型号没有驱动。通常是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不符。因此您可以输入你喜欢的驱动搜索字符串并搜索所有可用驱动描述。\n" "\n" #. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: @@ -2022,12 +1972,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2044,8 +1991,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " -"changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2061,8 +2007,7 @@ "一些驱动选项设置必须匹配您的打印机。例如驱动的默认纸张大小设置必须匹配您打印机中实际装载的纸张。\n" "其它驱动选项您可以选择您喜欢的。例如任何可用打印分辨率都能够用在该驱动上。除非您的驱动在高分辨率下不能打印。\n" "例如镭射打印机的内置内存不足以处理高分辨率的页面。 \n" -"当您变更了当前使用的驱动到另一个时，您必须先应用此修改到队列 (例如您必须完成此对话框以作为第一步)，然后在第二步您可以再次使用此对话框调整所有的驱动选项。" -" \n" +"当您变更了当前使用的驱动到另一个时，您必须先应用此修改到队列 (例如您必须完成此对话框以作为第一步)，然后在第二步您可以再次使用此对话框调整所有的驱动选项。 \n" "通常当连接没有变更时，驱动搜索字符串输入框初始预设为当前使用中的驱动的描述。\n" "此结果通常是一个匹配的驱动，因此您可以输入一个更宽泛的驱动搜索字符串来获取其他驱动，或者可以使用 '查找更多' 按钮。\n" "如果没有驱动匹配，也不意味着没有驱动。因此您可以输入你喜欢的字符串作为驱动搜索字符串并搜索全部可用驱动描述。\n" @@ -2073,10 +2018,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2090,10 +2033,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "不同于连接和驱动，您必须选择正确的哪个，您可以自由的输入任何字符串来作为 描述 和 位置。\n" -"应用程序通常在打印对话框中显示描述和位置。n为了确保这些字符串能正确的以任何应用程序的用户可能使用的语言显示，您只使用不带特殊字符的普通 ASCII " -"文本会更安全，例如，纯 ASCII 字符 (a-z 和 A-Z)，ASCII 数字 (0-9)，和 ASCII 空格字符 (20 hex)。\n" -"通常描述描述了型号，偶尔也描述驱动 (例如 '使用通用 PCL 驱动的 ACME FunPrinter 1000 ')，位置描述了打印机的物理位置 (例如 " -"'房间 123' 或 '前台')。\n" +"应用程序通常在打印对话框中显示描述和位置。n为了确保这些字符串能正确的以任何应用程序的用户可能使用的语言显示，您只使用不带特殊字符的普通 ASCII 文本会更安全，例如，纯 ASCII 字符 (a-z 和 A-Z)，ASCII 数字 (0-9)，和 ASCII 空格字符 (20 hex)。\n" +"通常描述描述了型号，偶尔也描述驱动 (例如 '使用通用 PCL 驱动的 ACME FunPrinter 1000 ')，位置描述了打印机的物理位置 (例如 '房间 123' 或 '前台')。\n" "" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: @@ -2216,10 +2157,8 @@ "对于非 PostScript 打印机来说，只有 PPD 文件是不足以设置一个能够工作的打印机配置的。\n" "尤其是，非 PostScript 打印机无法从互联网下载 PPD 文件，然后使用该 PPD 文件设置打印机。\n" "一般打印机可以设置但无法实际打印，因为驱动可能缺失。\n" -"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说，您需要一个打印机驱动和一个匹配驱动的 PPD 文件。当您安装上述打印机驱动包时，匹配的 PPD " -"文件会自动安装到正确的位置. \n" -"只有 PostScript 打印机才可以只用 PPD 文件设定一个可工作的 PostScript 打印机配置。尤其是当 PPD 文件不包含 " -"'cupsFilter' 项时，因为这样的条目会指向一个打印机驱动。 \n" +"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说，您需要一个打印机驱动和一个匹配驱动的 PPD 文件。当您安装上述打印机驱动包时，匹配的 PPD 文件会自动安装到正确的位置. \n" +"只有 PostScript 打印机才可以只用 PPD 文件设定一个可工作的 PostScript 打印机配置。尤其是当 PPD 文件不包含 'cupsFilter' 项时，因为这样的条目会指向一个打印机驱动。 \n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: @@ -2274,24 +2213,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " -"data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). " -"\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2308,23 +2242,18 @@ "\n" "<big>打印机设备 URI</big> \n" "指定的连接就是所谓的 device URI。 \n" -"它的第一个词 (所谓 URI 格式) 指定了数据传输的类型，例如 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或者 " -"'ipp'。 \n" +"它的第一个词 (所谓 URI 格式) 指定了数据传输的类型，例如 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或者 'ipp'。 \n" "格式之后有或多或少额外的组件指定了这种数据传输类型的细节。 \n" "URI 中不允许出现空格，因此空格字符以 URI 组件的值出现时是编码成 '%20' 的 (20 是空格字符的十六进制值)。 \n" "URI 的组件之间由特殊的保留字符分隔，保留字符有冒号 ':'，斜线 '/'，问号 '?'，符号 '&'，或者等号 '='。 \n" -"最后可选参数 (由问号 '?' 分隔) 的格式为 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value" -"3'，因此一个完整的设备 URI 的例子如下： \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"最后可选参数 (由问号 '?' 分隔) 的格式为 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'，因此一个完整的设备 URI 的例子如下： \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "其他一些例子： \n" -"一个由 ‘ACME’ 制造的型号为 ‘Fun Printer 1000+’ 的编号为 'A1B2C3' 的 USB 打印机的设备 URI 可能是： " -"\n" +"一个由 ‘ACME’ 制造的型号为 ‘Fun Printer 1000+’ 的编号为 'A1B2C3' 的 USB 打印机的设备 URI 可能是： \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" "一个可通过 9100 端口访问的 IP 地址为 192.168.100.1 的网络打印机的设备 URI 可能是： \n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" -"一个可通过 LPD 端口访问的 IP 地址为 192.168.100.2 的远程 LPD 队列名为 ‘LPT1’ 的网络打印机的设备 URI 可能是：<" -"br>\n" +"一个可通过 LPD 端口访问的 IP 地址为 192.168.100.2 的远程 LPD 队列名为 ‘LPT1’ 的网络打印机的设备 URI 可能是： \n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "" @@ -2408,24 +2337,16 @@ "\n" "<big>百分号编码</big> \n" "该问题很复杂。\n" -"建议您避免在 URI 中使用保留字符和空格作为组件值，如果您能控制的话 (例如当您必须在 URI " -"中指定这样的字符作为值以访问远程打印队列，但远程打印队列又不在您控制下时，您就无法避免使用它们)。\n" +"建议您避免在 URI 中使用保留字符和空格作为组件值，如果您能控制的话 (例如当您必须在 URI 中指定这样的字符作为值以访问远程打印队列，但远程打印队列又不在您控制下时，您就无法避免使用它们)。\n" "可能的情况下请只使用 '非保留值'。\n" "非保留值包括大小写字母，十位数字，连字符，句号，下划线和波浪号。\n" -"甚至在特殊情况下，连字符，句号，波浪号和大小写都会导致特殊问题 (例如，只有字符，数字和下划线已知可以用作 CUPS " -"打印队列名，它们一般没有什么显著问题)。\n" +"甚至在特殊情况下，连字符，句号，波浪号和大小写都会导致特殊问题 (例如，只有字符，数字和下划线已知可以用作 CUPS 打印队列名，它们一般没有什么显著问题)。\n" "因此若可能最好只使用小写字母，数字，和下划线作为 URI 中的值。 \n" "组件中的保留字符和空格字符必须以百分比编码 (也叫做 URL 编码)。 \n" -"当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的一个值时 (例如，用户名和密码的输入框是分开的)，您必须按字面输入空格和保留字符 " -"(非百分比编码)。这样的输入框会自动编码所有空格和保留字符。\n" -"例如密码实际上是 'Foo%20Bar' (非百分比编码)，您必须在对话框中的密码输入框中按字面输入 'Foo%20Bar'。URI " -"中的密码组件值实际上储存的是自动百分比编码的结果 'Foo%2520Bar'。相反当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的多于一个值时 " -"(例如，一个给所有可选参数如 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' " -"的输入框或者一个输入框里输入整个 URI)，您必须输入编码过的空格和保留字符，因为这时没有自动编码。\n" -"假设一个可选参数 'option=value' 的输入，value 就应该是 'this&that' 因此整个可选参数应该是 " -"'option=this&that' (字面上)。\n" -"但是字面上的 '&' 字符意味着不同可选参数的分隔符，因此 URI 中的 'option=this&that' 意思是第一个可选参数是 " -"'option=this'，第二个可选参数只是 'that'。\n" +"当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的一个值时 (例如，用户名和密码的输入框是分开的)，您必须按字面输入空格和保留字符 (非百分比编码)。这样的输入框会自动编码所有空格和保留字符。\n" +"例如密码实际上是 'Foo%20Bar' (非百分比编码)，您必须在对话框中的密码输入框中按字面输入 'Foo%20Bar'。URI 中的密码组件值实际上储存的是自动百分比编码的结果 'Foo%2520Bar'。相反当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的多于一个值时 (例如，一个给所有可选参数如 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' 的输入框或者一个输入框里输入整个 URI)，您必须输入编码过的空格和保留字符，因为这时没有自动编码。\n" +"假设一个可选参数 'option=value' 的输入，value 就应该是 'this&that' 因此整个可选参数应该是 'option=this&that' (字面上)。\n" +"但是字面上的 '&' 字符意味着不同可选参数的分隔符，因此 URI 中的 'option=this&that' 意思是第一个可选参数是 'option=this'，第二个可选参数只是 'that'。\n" "因此一个单独的可选参数 'option=this&that' 必须以百分比编码格式输入为 'option=this%26%that'。 \n" "要求百分比编码输入的输入框由 '[percent-encoded]' 提示语表示。 \n" "下面是字符和它们的百分比编码的列表： \n" @@ -2467,8 +2388,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" -" \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2515,8 +2435,7 @@ "匹配的设备 URI 是： \n" "socket://ip地址:端口号 。\n" "行式打印机守护精灵 (LPD) 协议 \n" -"IPP 是运行在真实计算机上的 CUPS 的原生协议，但是如果 IPP 是实现在小型打印服务器盒中的，那它通常实现的不好。只有在生产厂商确实提供了官方支持时" -"再使用 IPP。\n" +"IPP 是运行在真实计算机上的 CUPS 的原生协议，但是如果 IPP 是实现在小型打印服务器盒中的，那它通常实现的不好。只有在生产厂商确实提供了官方支持时再使用 IPP。\n" "匹配的设备 URI 是： \n" "ipp://ip地址:端口号/资源 。\n" "端口号和资源由网络打印机和打印服务器盒的型号而定。 \n" @@ -2619,8 +2538,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2663,8 +2581,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2691,28 +2608,21 @@ "询问您的网络管理员以获知您的网络中哪台计算机是打印服务器，是哪种打印服务器： \n" "Windows (R) 或 Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" "要访问 SMB 打印机共享，必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-client。\n" -"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'smb'，它链接到 <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> 程序来实际发送数据到 SMB 打印机共享。<" -"br>\n" +"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'smb'，它链接到 <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> 程序来实际发送数据到 SMB 打印机共享。 \n" "需要服务器名称和打印机共享名称，可选的工作组名称来访问它。\n" "还有用来获得访问权限的用户名和密码。\n" "请记住这些值中的空格和特殊字符必须以百分比编码 (见上)。 \n" -"默认 CUPS 以用户 'lp' 运行后端 (这里是 smbspool)。n当在活动目录 (R) 环境 (AD) 中打印时，用户 'lp' " -"不允许在该环境打印，因此传统的以 'lp' 用户身份通过 smbspool 打印的方法行不通。 \n" -"要在活动目录环境中打印，您必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-krb-printing。它把 CUPS 后端 'smb' 的链接换成了 <tt>" -"/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>，那是一个以提交打印任务的初始用户身份执行 smbspool 的封装。\n" +"默认 CUPS 以用户 'lp' 运行后端 (这里是 smbspool)。n当在活动目录 (R) 环境 (AD) 中打印时，用户 'lp' 不允许在该环境打印，因此传统的以 'lp' 用户身份通过 smbspool 打印的方法行不通。 \n" +"要在活动目录环境中打印，您必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-krb-printing。它把 CUPS 后端 'smb' 的链接换成了 <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>，那是一个以提交打印任务的初始用户身份执行 smbspool 的封装。\n" "当活动目录环境 (AD) 使用了 Kerberos 协议认证时，用户在登陆 GNOME 或 KDE 桌面时会通过显示管理器得到一个豁免券 (TGT)。\n" -"当 smbspool 由提交打印任务的初始用户运行时，即使在使用 Kerberos 验证的活动目录 (AD) 环境下，smbspool " -"依然可以访问该用户的豁免券，使用它来向 SMB 打印机共享传输打印数据。豁免券免除了您认证固定用户名或固定密码的麻烦。\n" -"这样做的前提是 get_printing_ticket 要运行在提交打印任务的用户登录的那台主机上。这意味着它必须在用户提交打印任务的工作站上设置，且用户的" -"这台工作站必须直接发送打印数据给活动目录 (AD) 环境中的 SMB 打印机共享。另外它不能运行在提交打印任务的用户没有登录的独立 CUPS " -"服务器机上。 \n" +"当 smbspool 由提交打印任务的初始用户运行时，即使在使用 Kerberos 验证的活动目录 (AD) 环境下，smbspool 依然可以访问该用户的豁免券，使用它来向 SMB 打印机共享传输打印数据。豁免券免除了您认证固定用户名或固定密码的麻烦。\n" +"这样做的前提是 get_printing_ticket 要运行在提交打印任务的用户登录的那台主机上。这意味着它必须在用户提交打印任务的工作站上设置，且用户的这台工作站必须直接发送打印数据给活动目录 (AD) 环境中的 SMB 打印机共享。另外它不能运行在提交打印任务的用户没有登录的独立 CUPS 服务器机上。 \n" "传统上一个匹配的完整设备 URI 是： \n" "smb://用户名:密码@工作组/服务器/打印机 \n" "例如用户名 '王小萌'、密码 '@1234!' 可以使用下面的设备 URI 来访问 '惠普 1000+ 打印机' 共享： \n" "smb://王%20小萌:%401234%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/惠普%201000%2B%20打印机 \n" "更多信息请参考 <tt>man smbspool</tt> 和 \n" -"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' 和 '活动目录' 是美国和/或其他国家的微软的注册商标。 \n" "传统 UNIX 服务器 (LPR) \n" "运行在传统 UNIX 服务器上行式打印机守护精灵 (LPD) 可以提供一个或多个 LDP 队列。\n" @@ -2727,8 +2637,7 @@ "ipp://ip地址:631/打印机/队列 \n" "Novell Netware 打印服务器 (IPX) \n" "要访问 Novell Netware 打印服务器上的打印队列，必须安装 RPM 软件包 ncpfs。\n" -"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'novell'，该后端运行 <tt>nprint</tt> 程序，它真正发送数据给 Novell Netware " -"打印队列。\n" +"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'novell'，该后端运行 <tt>nprint</tt> 程序，它真正发送数据给 Novell Netware 打印队列。\n" "需要服务器名和打印机队列名来访问它。还需要用来获取访问权限的用户名和密码。\n" "匹配的设备 URI 为： \n" "novell://用户名:密码@服务器/队列 \n" @@ -2808,12 +2717,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" -"/tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2829,8 +2736,7 @@ "菊链后端错误处理器 (beh) \n" "必须安装 RPM 软件包 foomatic-filters。\n" "该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'beh'。 \n" -"后端 'beh' 是常用后端的一个封装，使用 beh 调用常用后端。通过这种方法，根据 beh 的配置，它可以重复调用后端，或对 CUPS " -"守护精灵简单隐藏后端的错误状态。\n" +"后端 'beh' 是常用后端的一个封装，使用 beh 调用常用后端。通过这种方法，根据 beh 的配置，它可以重复调用后端，或对 CUPS 守护精灵简单隐藏后端的错误状态。\n" "匹配的设备 URI 为: \n" "beh://nodisable/尝试次数/延迟/原始设备 URI \n" "如果 nodisable 是 '1' 的话，beh 总能成功退出因此队列从不禁用，但另一方面说如果出错的话整个队列剩余的打印任务都会丢失。 \n" @@ -2886,8 +2792,7 @@ "<big>网络打印</big> \n" "通常使用 CUPS (通用 UNIX 打印系统) 来通过网络打印。 \n" "默认 CUPS 使用它的所谓 '浏览' 模式来向网络发布打印机。 \n" -"在这种情况下远程 CUPS 服务器必须通过网路发布它的打印机，您的主机必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) 以监听发布的打印机的进站信息。<" -"br>\n" +"在这种情况下远程 CUPS 服务器必须通过网路发布它的打印机，您的主机必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) 以监听发布的打印机的进站信息。 \n" "CUPS 浏览信息是通过 UDP 端口 631 来接收的。 \n" "防火墙相关： \n" "检查防火墙是否监控着打印机发布的网络区域。\n" @@ -2929,8 +2834,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -2943,9 +2847,7 @@ "\n" "如果您只通过网络打印且您只使用一个 CUPS 服务器，没有必须使用 CUPS 浏览模式和在您的主机上运行一个 CUPS 守护精灵。\n" "指定 CUPS 服务器并直接访问它会更简单。 \n" -"一个或有缺陷就是应用程序在访问 CUPS 服务器但服务器不可用时 (比如笔记本带出了公司)，它可能会延迟直到超时 " -"(卡死的文雅说法啦)。通常延迟是由主机名称解析 (DNS) 超时造成的，因此在 /etc/hosts 文件中指定一个硬编码的 CUPS " -"服务器条目可能会有帮助。\n" +"一个或有缺陷就是应用程序在访问 CUPS 服务器但服务器不可用时 (比如笔记本带出了公司)，它可能会延迟直到超时 (卡死的文雅说法啦)。通常延迟是由主机名称解析 (DNS) 超时造成的，因此在 /etc/hosts 文件中指定一个硬编码的 CUPS 服务器条目可能会有帮助。\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: @@ -2963,8 +2865,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"如果您的网络中没有 CUPS 服务器，或者您可以直接访问网络打印机，或您使用另外种类的打印服务器，例如通过 Windows (R) 或 Samba " -"服务器或传统 UNIX 服务器打印，您需要在您的主机上设置一个合适的打印队列。 \n" +"如果您的网络中没有 CUPS 服务器，或者您可以直接访问网络打印机，或您使用另外种类的打印服务器，例如通过 Windows (R) 或 Samba 服务器或传统 UNIX 服务器打印，您需要在您的主机上设置一个合适的打印队列。 \n" "'Windows' 是美国和/或其他国家的微软的注册商标 (屁咧)。\n" "" @@ -2976,8 +2877,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -2985,8 +2885,7 @@ "\n" "<big>通过网络分享和发布打印队列</big> \n" "通常 CUPS (通用 UNIX 打印系统) 应该设置使用它所谓的 '浏览' 模式来向网络发布打印机。 \n" -"在这种情况下 CUPS 服务器通过网络发布它的本地打印队列，CUPS 客户端系统必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) " -"来监听发布的打印机的进站信息。 \n" +"在这种情况下 CUPS 服务器通过网络发布它的本地打印队列，CUPS 客户端系统必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) 来监听发布的打印机的进站信息。 \n" "CUPS 浏览信息是通过 UDP 端口 631 接收的。\n" "" @@ -3000,8 +2899,7 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" @@ -3037,8 +2935,7 @@ "\n" "如何指派哪些远程主机可以访问 CUPS 服务器有多种方法，这些方法可以共存。 \n" "允许本地网络内的计算机的远程访问将允许所有本地网络内的主机访问。\n" -"当一个远程主机拥有属于 CUPS 服务器所在网络的 IP 地址时，或主机的网络连接接入了 CUPS 服务器上的非 PPP 接口 (没有设置 " -"IFF_POINTTOPOINT 标记的接口)，它就属于本地网络。 \n" +"当一个远程主机拥有属于 CUPS 服务器所在网络的 IP 地址时，或主机的网络连接接入了 CUPS 服务器上的非 PPP 接口 (没有设置 IFF_POINTTOPOINT 标记的接口)，它就属于本地网络。 \n" "另外可以指定一个允许远程访问的网络接口白名单。 \n" "另外也可以指定一个 IP 地址或网络地址的白名单。\n" "" @@ -3151,16 +3048,14 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS 错误策略</big> \n" "错误策略定义了当 CUPS 未能发送打印任务给打印机设备时的默认策略。 \n" -"根据打印机的连接方式 (例如 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或 'ipp')，和错误类型，发送数据到打印机的 " -"CUPS 后端可以覆写默认错误策略并强制执行另一个错误策略 (参考 <tt>man backend</tt>)。\n" +"根据打印机的连接方式 (例如 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或 'ipp')，和错误类型，发送数据到打印机的 CUPS 后端可以覆写默认错误策略并强制执行另一个错误策略 (参考 <tt>man backend</tt>)。\n" "例如它可以停止任何打印尝试即使默认错误策略是重试任务。这在当任何与打印机建立通信的尝试都是无用的，因此没必要重试任务时会发生。 \n" "已有如下错误策略： \n" "停止打印机并保留任务以供未来打印。 \n" @@ -3219,10 +3114,7 @@ "RPM 软件包 'udev-configure-printer' 为插入的 USB 打印机提供自动配置。 \n" "当它的复选框初始未选中时，它没有安装。当您选中它时，它将被安装。 \n" "当它的复选框初始选中时，它已经安装。当您取消选中时，它将被卸载。 \n" -"当已安装了 udev-configure-printer 时，自动 USB 打印机配置通过 udev 配置文件 " -"/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules 的条目执行，该条目在有 USB 打印机插入时会触发运行 " -"'udev-configure-printer add'，有 USB 打印机拔出时会触发运行 'udev-configure-printer " -"remove'。该文件没有可调整的设置，除非用户手动编辑 70-printers.rules 文件。\n" +"当已安装了 udev-configure-printer 时，自动 USB 打印机配置通过 udev 配置文件 /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules 的条目执行，该条目在有 USB 打印机插入时会触发运行 'udev-configure-printer add'，有 USB 打印机拔出时会触发运行 'udev-configure-printer remove'。该文件没有可调整的设置，除非用户手动编辑 70-printers.rules 文件。\n" "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -3311,8 +3203,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3340,8 +3231,7 @@ msgstr "" "CUPS 守护精灵似乎没有监听官方 IANA IPP 端口 (631)。\n" "使用 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' 来检查 cupsd 是否在监听该端口。\n" -"当 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中有 'Listen ....1234' 或者 'Port 1234' 设置 (1234 意味着除了官方端口 " -"631 以外的任何端口号) 时 (也检查下有没有 'BrowsePort 1234') 才会发生。\n" +"当 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中有 'Listen ....1234' 或者 'Port 1234' 设置 (1234 意味着除了官方端口 631 以外的任何端口号) 时 (也检查下有没有 'BrowsePort 1234') 才会发生。\n" "YaST 打印机模块不支持非官方端口，使用非官方端口会导致未来无尽的错误。\n" "如果你真的必须使用非官方端口的话，您就不能使用 YaST 打印机模块来配置您的打印机。\n" @@ -3370,8 +3260,7 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致将来无尽的错误。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3399,8 +3288,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "这是远程配置。仅本地配置可以被删除。" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 @@ -3409,9 +3297,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "选定配置会被立即删除且无法恢复。" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3467,9 +3353,7 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "有可能在打印测试页前被删除的等待中的任务。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -3602,8 +3486,7 @@ msgstr "完整日志请见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "处理 %1 的测试页的 CUPS 日志信息 (仅英文)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, @@ -3614,9 +3497,7 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "当通过远程系统打印失败时，您或许可以询问远程系统管理员。" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: @@ -3630,8 +3511,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "这是远程配置。仅可以修改本地配置。" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy @@ -3687,9 +3567,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设定与本地系统的设定策略冲突。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. @@ -3927,8 +3805,7 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4010,16 +3887,13 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "允许来自这些 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码的访问（用空格分开）(&N)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "向这些 IP 地址或网络广播地址发布打印机（用空格分开）(&B)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default @@ -4075,9 +3949,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设定与本地打印机共享配置冲突。" #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4378,7 +4250,6 @@ msgstr "保存值" #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 -#| msgid "&Test Server" msgid "The server '" msgstr "服务器 '" @@ -4416,8 +4287,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup 已启动。\n" "在继续配置打印机前，您必须完成 hp-setup。\n" @@ -4437,15 +4307,12 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且没有可用的软件源。" #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "未安装必需的软件包 %1 且软件源中没有该软件包。" #. Only a simple message because: Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -170,7 +170,6 @@ msgstr "自动检查(&A)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 -#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "安装推荐软件包(&R)" @@ -233,7 +232,6 @@ msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -debug&source 调试包" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 -#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "安装全部匹配的推荐软件包(&R)" @@ -315,17 +313,11 @@ msgstr "取消(&A)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">取消切换</a>系统软件包到软件源 %2 中的版本<" -"/small>" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">取消切换</a>系统软件包到软件源 %2 中的版本" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">切换系统软件包</a>到该软件源 (%2) 中的版本" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 @@ -356,14 +348,8 @@ msgstr "错误：磁盘空间不足！" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"您若知道您正在做什么，您可选择强行安装，自行承担有可能损坏系统而需要手动修复的风险。若您不能完全确定如何处理这种情况，请立即按取消" -"并反选某些软件包。" +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "您若知道您正在做什么，您可选择强行安装，自行承担有可能损坏系统而需要手动修复的风险。若您不能完全确定如何处理这种情况，请立即按取消并反选某些软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -387,9 +373,7 @@ msgstr "自动变动" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "除了您手选的软件包，还变动了以下软件包以解决依赖关系：" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -403,9 +387,7 @@ msgstr "不支持的软件包" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." msgstr "请意识到以下所选软件要么系统不支持，要么需签署额外客户合同才能获得支持。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -419,9 +401,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." msgstr "注意：这只是个简短的概览。细节请参考其使用手册。" #. Help specific to online update mode @@ -430,146 +410,91 @@ msgstr "在此对话框中，选择要下载并安装的补丁。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." msgstr "左侧列表显示可用补丁及相应的补丁类型 (安全、推荐或可选) 和 (预计) 下载大小。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " -"check box below the list." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." msgstr "此列表通常只包含尚未安装在您的系统上的补丁。可用列表下方包含已安装补丁复选框列出已安装的补丁。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." msgstr "补丁描述字段包含当前所选补丁较详细的解释。点击列表中的补丁可在此查看其描述。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"右侧软件包列表显示当前所选补丁的内容，即它所补缀的软件包。您不能安装或删除补丁中的单个软件包，只能整体应用补丁。蓄意为之是为了避免系统不协调。" +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "右侧软件包列表显示当前所选补丁的内容，即它所补缀的软件包。您不能安装或删除补丁中的单个软件包，只能整体应用补丁。蓄意为之是为了避免系统不协调。" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" msgstr "除了补丁，您还可从左上角的过滤器选择其它过滤视图之一：" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." msgstr "在此对话框中，选择要安装、更新或删除的软件包。您可选择单个软件包或整个软件包\"选集\"。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." msgstr "点击软件包或选集的状态图标来更改其状态，或右击该图标打开交互菜单。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"使用检查依赖关系按钮解决软件包依赖关系。某些软件包需要安装其它软件包。某些软件包只有在未安装其它特定软件包时才能安装。此检查将自动标记安装所需" -"软件包，并在发生依赖关系冲突时示警。" +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "使用检查依赖关系按钮解决软件包依赖关系。某些软件包需要安装其它软件包。某些软件包只有在未安装其它特定软件包时才能安装。此检查将自动标记安装所需软件包，并在发生依赖关系冲突时示警。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." msgstr "此检查将在您按接受离开此对话框后自动执行。" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" msgstr "使用左上角的过滤器组合框选择可用过滤视图之一：" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." msgstr "选集显示了逻辑上同类的某些预定义软件包集合。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." msgstr "使用选集旁的复选框进行全选。您也可在右侧软件包列表中选择或反选单个软件包。" #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." msgstr "软件包分组归类显示了软件包。您可展开和折叠树项目来详列或概览分类。点击任意分类来在右侧软件包列表中显示该分类下的软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." msgstr " 提示：在显示全部软件包的列表最末端有一个 \"zzz 全部\" 项。在龟速计算机上显示这些内容可能花费数秒。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." msgstr "搜索允许您搜索满足不同条件的软件包。若您知道其名称，这通常是最便捷的软件包查找方法。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." msgstr "提示：您也可用此方法来找出哪个软件包携带了特定的库。在提供 RPM 字段中搜索即可。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." msgstr "默认情况下，安装摘要显示了对您系统的修改 -- 将安装、删除或更新哪些软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"通常在点击接受前先使用检查依赖关系，然后再切换到安装摘要看看是个好习惯。这样您可以看到将对系统进行的全部修改。" +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "通常在点击接受前先使用检查依赖关系，然后再切换到安装摘要看看是个好习惯。这样您可以看到将对系统进行的全部修改。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." msgstr "您也可在此显式选择查看具有何种状态的软件包；请使用左侧复选框。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " -"everything else." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." msgstr "提示：您也可反转此过滤器的效果。您可查看哪些包在您的系统上保持不变。只需勾选保留并清空其它选项即可。" #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -620,9 +545,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." msgstr "已安装此软件包。将更新或重装此软件包(若版本相同)。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -645,16 +568,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "未安装此软件包且在任何情况下都不应安装此软件包，尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而安装此软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." msgstr "将视设为 \"禁手\" 的软件包为不存在于任何安装介质上。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -664,15 +582,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "已安装此软件包且不应进行修改，尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而修改此软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "可对不应为发行版可能分发的较新版本所覆盖的第三方软件包使用此状态。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -683,14 +597,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." msgstr "将自动安装此软件包，因为某些其它软件包需要它。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "提示：您可能需要使用 \"禁手\" 来清除这样的软件包。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -701,9 +612,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." msgstr "已安装此软件包，但某些其它软件包需要更新的版本，因此将自动更新此软件包。" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -714,9 +623,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." msgstr "已安装此软件包，但软件包依赖关系要求将其删除。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 @@ -741,9 +648,7 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." msgstr "撷取此软件包。若尚未安装则安装此软件包。若已安装但有较新版本则更新到最新版本。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -753,16 +658,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "清除此软件包。若尚未安装则将其标记为 \"不安装\"。若已安装则将其删除。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." msgstr "若已安装但有较新版本则更新此软件包。忽略尚未安装的软件包。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -772,17 +673,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "撤消上面 \">\" 的效果：若软件包当前设为 \"更新\"，则将其设为 \"保留\"。忽略全部其它软件包。" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "若尚未安装则将此软件包设置为 \"禁手\"：确保不安装此软件包，尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而安装此软件包。" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -792,16 +688,11 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "若已安装则将此软件包设为 \"受保护\"：确保不修改此软件包，尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而修改此软件包。" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "可对不应为发行版可能分发的较新版本所覆盖的第三方软件包使用此状态。" #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -862,9 +753,7 @@ msgstr "创建依赖关系解决器试例" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "使用此选项生成详尽日志来帮助跟踪依赖关系解决器中的故障。这些日志将储存在 <tt>%1</tt> 文件夹" #. parent @@ -873,12 +762,8 @@ msgstr "解决器试例" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"已将依赖关系解决器试例写入 <tt>%1</tt>准备 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 存档以附加到 " -"Bugzilla 吗？" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "已将依赖关系解决器试例写入 <tt>%1</tt>准备 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 存档以附加到 Bugzilla 吗？" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -887,9 +772,7 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" msgstr "创建依赖关系解决器试例时出错请检查 <tt>%1</tt> 的磁盘空间和权限" #. startsWith @@ -1679,7 +1562,6 @@ #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 -#| msgid "Package Versions" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "不兼容的软件包版本" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -134,21 +134,18 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 -#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "版本资讯(&R)" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 -#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "步骤(&S)" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 -#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "树(&T)" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -403,7 +403,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 -#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "正在同步产品..." @@ -419,7 +418,6 @@ msgstr "正在加载可用扩展和模块..." #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 -#| msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "正在加载迁移产品..." @@ -435,7 +433,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 -#| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -445,9 +442,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 -#| msgid "" -#| "Would you like to use these mount points\n" -#| "for your new installation?" msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -456,7 +450,6 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 -#| msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?" msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -517,7 +510,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 -#| msgid "No products found to be registered." msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -572,9 +564,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot " -"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "请输入所请求扩展或模块的注册码。\n" "注册码为成功注册所必需。若您无法提供注册码则请返回并反选相应扩展或模块。" @@ -616,16 +606,12 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "请注意，某些扩展或模块可能需要指定的注册码。" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "若您想要移除扩展或模块，您需要登入 SUSE 客服中心并在那里手动移除它们。" #. dialog title @@ -635,8 +621,7 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "在此您可为您的系统选择可用扩展和模块。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label @@ -646,29 +631,22 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 -#| msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "扩展和模块再注册" #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -#| msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered " -"again." +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." msgstr "在此您可选择要再次注册的扩展和模块。" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 -#| msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "已注册扩展和模块" #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together " -"with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "在此您可选择与基础产品一起注册的扩展和模块。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 @@ -734,11 +712,9 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" "产品注册会将您的产品收纳在 SUSE 客服中心数据库中，\n" "使您能够获得在线更新和技术支持。\n" @@ -746,8 +722,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +797,6 @@ #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 -#| msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "再次注册扩展或模块(&R)" @@ -837,9 +811,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "在此输入 SUSE 客服中心账户信息来注册系统以获得更新和扩展。" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration @@ -908,38 +880,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "安全连接 (HTTPS) 使用 SSL 证书来校验服务器的权威性和加密所传输的数据。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "您可以选择导入该证书到已知证书签发机构 (CA) 列表中，这意味着您信任该未知证书的主体和签发人。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "导入证书将允许使用例如自签名的证书。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "重要：您应该校验该证书的指纹来确保您从所请求的服务器导入了真正的证书。" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security " -"risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "未校验即导入一个未知证书是一个巨大的安全风险。" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -956,7 +917,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 #: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 -#| msgid "Internal error" msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "内部错误：%s" @@ -976,33 +936,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." msgstr "在此对话框中您可手动选择用于在线迁移的软件源。软件包将被升级到所选源中所能找到的最高版本。" #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 -#| msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "选择用于迁移的软件源" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 -#| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "管理软件源..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 -#| msgid "URL: %1" msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL：%s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 -#| msgid "Priority" msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "优先级：%s" @@ -1030,22 +983,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 -#| msgid "Saving Repositories..." msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "正在准备迁移软件源..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 -#| msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "选择迁移对象" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -#| msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." msgstr "在此您可选择迁移对象产品。注册服务器或许会提供一些可供迁移的新产品。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) @@ -1055,19 +1003,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "稍后使用 %s 复选框手动选择迁移软件源。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 -#| msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "手动选择迁移软件源" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 -#| msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "选择迁移对象。" @@ -1078,13 +1022,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 -#| msgid "Possible &Solutions" msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "可行迁移对象" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 -#| msgid "Configuration Summary" msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "迁移摘要" @@ -1095,17 +1037,13 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"错误：产品 %{product} 在注册服务器 (%{url}) 上不可用。请将缺失的产品添加到注册服务器上以允许使用此迁移助手。" +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "错误：产品 %{product} 在注册服务器 (%{url}) 上不可用。请将缺失的产品添加到注册服务器上以允许使用此迁移助手。" #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 -#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "将安装 %s。" @@ -1147,15 +1085,11 @@ msgstr "系统已注册。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "您可以再次注册或注册额外扩展或模块以增强系统功能。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "若您想要反注册您的系统，您需要登入 SUSE 客服中心并在那里手动移除该系统。" #. button label Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ #. command line help text for 'level workstation' option #: src/clients/security.rb:94 -#| msgid "Networked Workstation security level" msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "工作站安全级别" @@ -189,12 +188,10 @@ msgstr "IPv6 转发" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 -#| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "启用基础系统服务" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 -#| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "禁用额外服务" @@ -238,7 +235,6 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 -#| msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "这些基础系统服务未启用： %s" @@ -247,7 +243,6 @@ msgstr "所有基础服务都已经启用。" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 -#| msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "启用了这些额外服务： %s" @@ -281,7 +276,6 @@ #. update the current value #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 -#| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "正在分析系统" @@ -416,10 +410,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " -"in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "休眠系统：\n" "设置允许用户休眠系统的条件。默认，活动控制台上的用户有权休眠系统。\n" @@ -429,10 +421,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -444,9 +434,6 @@ #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 -#| msgid "" -#| "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" -#| "to any type of network including the Internet." msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." @@ -488,12 +475,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" -")." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "不正确登录尝试后的延迟：\n" "建议在不正确的登录尝试后等待一段时间，\n" @@ -505,8 +489,7 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "记录成功登录尝试：将成功登录尝试记入日志\n" @@ -538,8 +521,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "检查新密码：选择的密码最好\n" @@ -551,8 +533,7 @@ msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" @@ -564,8 +545,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "要记忆的密码的数目：\n" @@ -581,8 +561,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES，Linux 默认方法，适用于所有网络环境，\n" @@ -600,9 +579,7 @@ #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." msgstr "SHA-512 是当前标准加密方法，不推荐使用其他算法，除非是出于兼容性需要。" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -616,8 +593,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "提前发出密码失效警告的天数：该项设置在密码失效前多少天\n" @@ -654,8 +630,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.<" -"/p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>其它安全设置</big>\n" "在此对话框中变更和本地安全有关的杂项设置。" @@ -664,17 +639,14 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in " -"/etc/permissions.secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" "Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" "be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" @@ -697,11 +669,9 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody" -"\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "运行 updatedb 的用户：Updatedb 程序每天\n" @@ -725,8 +695,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -738,11 +707,9 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " -"in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "有些系统设置了一个将点 (\".\") 添加到搜索路径中\n" @@ -774,8 +741,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "启用 Magic SysRq 键 如果选中该选项，\n" @@ -784,29 +750,22 @@ #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "安全概览 这概览显示了最重要的安全设置。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "点击和选项关联的链接可以修改选项的当前值。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "安全状态栏中的对钩表示选项的当前值是安全的。" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "无法读取当前值。可能没有安装服务，或系统中缺少选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 @@ -814,105 +773,54 @@ "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" "are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"一个显示管理器提供了一个图形登陆界面，如果配置过，可以被另一个系统上运行的 X 服务器跨网络访问。" -"正在显示的窗口之后可以跨网络传输它们的数据。如果那个网络不是完全信任的，那么网络流量可能被攻击者窃听，获取显示的图形内容、正在使用的用户名密码等信息。</P" -">如果您不需要 XDMCP 用于远程图形登陆，那么请禁用此选项。" +msgstr "一个显示管理器提供了一个图形登陆界面，如果配置过，可以被另一个系统上运行的 X 服务器跨网络访问。正在显示的窗口之后可以跨网络传输它们的数据。如果那个网络不是完全信任的，那么网络流量可能被攻击者窃听，获取显示的图形内容、正在使用的用户名密码等信息。如果您不需要 XDMCP 用于远程图形登陆，那么请禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." -msgstr "" -"启动时，系统时间从硬件时钟设置到计算机。作为后果，在关机前设置硬件时钟是有必要的。一致的系统时间对于系统正确创建日志消息非常关键。<" -"/P>" +msgstr "启动时，系统时间从硬件时钟设置到计算机。作为后果，在关机前设置硬件时钟是有必要的。一致的系统时间对于系统正确创建日志消息非常关键。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"系统故障通常由系统行为异常而被检测到。关于事件的 syslog 消息由于经常重现，因此是查找问题原因的重要工具。单条记录的缺失可以说明的问题比所有日志" -"记录都缺失的问题大。因此，系统事件的系统日志消息只有在出现时才有用。" +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "系统故障通常由系统行为异常而被检测到。关于事件的 syslog 消息由于经常重现，因此是查找问题原因的重要工具。单条记录的缺失可以说明的问题比所有日志记录都缺失的问题大。因此，系统事件的系统日志消息只有在出现时才有用。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " -"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process " -"with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用修改过的那个目录的 root (chroot)运行进程以限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用修改过的那个目录的 root (chroot)运行进程以限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a " -"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"应以用户 dhcpd 运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序以降低若服务由于程序代码弱点而脆弱时的潜在攻击威胁。注意 " -"dhcpd 不能以 root 运行，或者通过 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能在 chroot 囚牢中执行。" +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "应以用户 dhcpd 运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序以降低若服务由于程序代码弱点而脆弱时的潜在攻击威胁。注意 dhcpd 不能以 root 运行，或者通过 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能在 chroot 囚牢中执行。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"管理员应该永不以 root 登录到一个 X 窗口会话，以减少 root 权限的使用。" -"该选项不能帮助粗心的管理员，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或得到密码后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "管理员应该永不以 root 登录到一个 X 窗口会话，以减少 root 权限的使用。该选项不能帮助粗心的管理员，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或得到密码后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (" -"ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "" -"X 窗口客户端，例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序，连接到物理计算机上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行并通过网络连接在 X " -"服务器上显示他们的内容。若启用了此选项，X 服务器将监听端口 6000 和显示数字。因为网络流量是不加密传输的，可以成为网络嗅探的主体，并且 " -"X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要通过网络显示 X 窗口客户端，我们建议使用安全壳层 (ssh<" -"/EM>)，其允许 X 窗口客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连接到 X 服务器。" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "X 窗口客户端，例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序，连接到物理计算机上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行并通过网络连接在 X 服务器上显示他们的内容。若启用了此选项，X 服务器将监听端口 6000 和显示数字。因为网络流量是不加密传输的，可以成为网络嗅探的主体，并且 X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要通过网络显示 X 窗口客户端，我们建议使用安全壳层 (ssh)，其允许 X 窗口客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连接到 X 服务器。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"电子邮件发送子系统总是启动的。然而，它默认不会暴露自己给外部系统，因为它不监听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP " -"协议发送电子邮件给您的系统，请禁用此选项。" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "电子邮件发送子系统总是启动的。然而，它默认不会暴露自己给外部系统，因为它不监听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP 协议发送电子邮件给您的系统，请禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -924,10 +832,7 @@ "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被升级，服务将在软件包中文件被安装后重启。" -"这在大多数情况下都是合理的，也是安全的，考虑到许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到被停止，例如，杀死运行中的守护精" -"灵。除非有特殊原因，否则不要修改该设置。" +msgstr "如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被升级，服务将在软件包中文件被安装后重启。这在大多数情况下都是合理的，也是安全的，考虑到许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到被停止，例如，杀死运行中的守护精灵。除非有特殊原因，否则不要修改该设置。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 msgid "" @@ -939,36 +844,15 @@ "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." -msgstr "" -"如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被卸载，系统将在移除软件包文件前停止该服务。" -"这在大多数情况下都是合理的，这么做也是安全的，考虑许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到停止它们，例如，杀死运行中的" -"守护精灵。除非有特殊原因需要那么做，否则不要修改该设置。" +msgstr "如果一个包含当前正在运行的服务的软件包被卸载，系统将在移除软件包文件前停止该服务。这在大多数情况下都是合理的，这么做也是安全的，考虑许多服务需要它们的执行文件或配置在文件系统中可访问。否则这些服务将继续运行直到停止它们，例如，杀死运行中的守护精灵。除非有特殊原因需要那么做，否则不要修改该设置。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"大量的连接尝试可以让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏洞。使用 syncookie " -"可以帮助解决这种问题，但是如果从一个源头有非常大数量的合法连接请求，配置中的 启用 设定可能导致高负载下拒绝 TCP 连接。" -"但大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因此安全的设置是 启用。" +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "大量的连接尝试可以让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏洞。使用 syncookie 可以帮助解决这种问题，但是如果从一个源头有非常大数量的合法连接请求，配置中的 启用 设定可能导致高负载下拒绝 TCP 连接。但大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因此安全的设置是 启用。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need " -"that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"IP 转发意味着传递收到的但不是指向系统配置的网络接口(例如网络接口地址)的网络包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 层 3 " -"上转发网络流量，它称为路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，禁用此选项。" +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "IP 转发意味着传递收到的但不是指向系统配置的网络接口(例如网络接口地址)的网络包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 层 3 上转发网络流量，它称为路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，禁用此选项。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -979,41 +863,28 @@ msgstr "此设置仅针对 IPv6。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." msgstr "Magic SysRq 键使得即使系统崩溃 (例如内核调试过程时) 或失去响应时也能部分控制系统。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." -msgstr "" -"/etc/permissions.*files 中预定义了文件权限。最严格的文件权限定义在 'secure' 或 'paranoid' 文件中。<" -"/P>" +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "/etc/permissions.*files 中预定义了文件权限。最严格的文件权限定义在 'secure' 或 'paranoid' 文件中。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " -"run the security-related services." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "必须启用基础系统服务以提供系统一致性和运行安全相关服务。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." msgstr "每个运行状态的服务都是安全攻击的潜在目标。因此建议关闭所有系统未使用的服务。" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 -#| msgid "Home Workstation" msgid "Workstation" msgstr "工作站" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 -#| msgid "Raid Device" msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "漫游设备" @@ -1024,13 +895,11 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 -#| msgid "&Home Workstation" msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "工作站 (&W)" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 -#| msgid "Raid Device" msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "漫游设备(&R)" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -41,36 +41,23 @@ msgstr "选择默认 Systemd 对象" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose " -"job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "Systemd 是一个 Linux 的系统和服务管理器。它由单元 (unit) 组成，单元的任务是激活服务和其它单元。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." -msgstr "" -"默认对象单元在引导时是默认激活的。通常它是一个位于 path/etc/systemd/system/default.target 的系统链接。更多请参考 " -"systemd 手册页。" +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "默认对象单元在引导时是默认激活的。通常它是一个位于 path/etc/systemd/system/default.target 的系统链接。更多请参考 systemd 手册页。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "多用户对象用于设置非图形多用户系统和适合服务器的网络 (与运行级别 3 相似)。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "图形对象用于设置图形登录屏幕和工作站典型网络 (与运行级别 5 相似)。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "当您不确定何种选项于您最佳时请使用图形对象。" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -114,8 +101,7 @@ msgstr "未选择安装 X11 软件包" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "此推荐设置基于对其它安装设置的分析" #. translators: command line help text for services-manager module @@ -238,11 +224,9 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the " -"\n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服务</big> \n" @@ -250,8 +234,7 @@ "若启用了防火墙且某项特定服务需要开启防火墙端口，则也将在防火墙上开启相应端口。\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "服务 %service 将被 %toggled 并且防火墙上的端口将被 %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -70,25 +70,21 @@ #. popup label, %{num} is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 -#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "修订快照 %{num}" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 -#| msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "修订快照 %{pre} 和 %{post}" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 -#| msgid "Pre (%1)" msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "前期快照 (%{pre})" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 -#| msgid "Post (%1)" msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "后期快照 (%{post})" @@ -115,13 +111,11 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 -#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "真的删除快照 %{num} 吗？" #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 -#| msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "真的删除快照 %{pre} 和 %{post} 吗？" @@ -347,7 +341,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 -#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "未选择要恢复的文件。" @@ -394,16 +387,10 @@ #| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the " -"table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照配置</big>\n" @@ -428,20 +415,14 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概览</big>\n" -"该树形结构显示了创建第一个 ('前期') 和第二个 ('后期') 快照期间被修改的全部文件。在右侧，您可以看到第一个快照创建时生成的描述和两个快照的创" -"建时间。\n" +"该树形结构显示了创建第一个 ('前期') 和第二个 ('后期') 快照期间被修改的全部文件。在右侧，您可以看到第一个快照创建时生成的描述和两个快照的创建时间。\n" "当选中该树形结构中的某个文件时，您可以看到其修改。默认显示了所选快照对之间的差异，但也可以比较该文件的不同版本。\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -449,13 +430,10 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概览</big>\n" @@ -465,42 +443,29 @@ #. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots #. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 -#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "获取配置失败：\n" #. Return the path to given snapshot #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "获取快照挂载点失败：\n" #. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "创建新快照失败：\n" #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "修订快照失败：\n" #. Delete existing snapshot #. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -#| "%1" msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "删除快照失败：\n" @@ -511,25 +476,21 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 -#| msgid "Read the configuration" msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "读取配置列表" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 -#| msgid "Read the list of snapshots" msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "读取快照列表" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 -#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "正在读取配置列表" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 -#| msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "正在读取快照列表" @@ -539,7 +500,6 @@ msgstr "已完成" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 -#| msgid "Boot loader configuration failed." msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "查询 snapper 配置失败：" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -640,8 +640,7 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "未找到磁盘。如果有的话，请尝试使用更新 CD 来安装，它或许有新一些磁盘驱动。" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -1063,11 +1062,6 @@ #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" -#| "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1084,14 +1078,6 @@ #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" -#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" -#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one.\n" -#| "Partitions assigned to /boot will automatically be changed to\n" -#| "type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1210,8 +1196,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1329,11 +1314,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选扩展分区包含了当前已挂载的分区：\n" @@ -1509,8 +1492,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1736,8 +1718,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选设备包含了当前已挂载的分区：\n" @@ -1889,8 +1870,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1908,8 +1888,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1928,8 +1907,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -1983,8 +1961,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2116,8 +2093,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "挂载点中的字符无效。不要在挂载点中使用 \"`'!\"%#\"。" #. error popup text @@ -3623,12 +3599,10 @@ msgstr "存储设置：" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 -#| msgid "Storage settings:" msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "待安装软件包：" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 -#| msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "没有需要安装的软件包。" @@ -3659,8 +3633,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3951,8 +3924,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "为新逻辑卷输入尺寸、分带数和分带尺寸。分带数不能大于卷组的物理卷数。" @@ -4001,8 +3973,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "你可以将逻辑卷声明为 正常卷。\n" @@ -4012,8 +3983,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为 瘦池。\n" "这意味着瘦卷将能按需从此池中分配它们所需的空间。" @@ -4022,8 +3992,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool" -"." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为 瘦卷。\n" "这意味着该卷将按需从瘦池中分配所需空间。" @@ -4080,8 +4049,7 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "没有足够的合适的未使用设备来创建卷组。\n" @@ -4306,9 +4274,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "网络文件系统配置不可用。请检查是否安装了 yast2-nfs-client 软件包。" #. heading @@ -4340,8 +4306,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0：此级别可提高磁盘性能。\n" "在此方式中没有冗余。如果其中一个驱动器崩溃，将无法恢复数据。\n" @@ -4350,10 +4315,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1： 这种方式具有最佳冗余性能。用在\n" @@ -4365,10 +4328,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5： 这种方式既能管理数量更多的磁盘，\n" "还能保持一定的冗余程度。这种方式适用于三个或更多磁盘的情况。\n" @@ -4388,10 +4349,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)." -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "向 RAID 添加分区。根据\n" "RAID 的类型，可用磁盘尺寸是这些分区尺寸之和 (RAID0)、最小分区的\n" @@ -4458,10 +4417,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "区块尺寸： 这是可以写入设备的\n" "最小\"单位\"数据块。RAID 5 的合理区块尺寸为 128KB。对于 RAID 0，\n" @@ -4475,8 +4432,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 所用的奇偶校验算法。\n" "对于典型的旋转盘片磁盘来说，左对称能够提供最佳性能。\n" @@ -4744,11 +4700,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "默认挂载方式 给出新创建文件系统的挂载方式。设备名称\n" @@ -4767,9 +4721,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5035,8 +4987,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "该对话框用来为 RAID 中的 RAID 设备定义分类。可用的分类为 A、B、C、B 和 E，\n" @@ -5046,12 +4997,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "您可以通过右键点击该设备并从交互菜单中选择合适的分类来给设备归类。\n" @@ -5096,22 +5044,17 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "通过按键 \"%1\" 您可以选择一个带有正则表达式和类名 (例如 \"sda* A\") 的文件。\n" "所有匹配此正则表达式的设备都将被归类为此行中指定的分类名。正则表达式可以匹配内核名(例如 /dev/sda1)，\n" -"udev 路径名 (例如 /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f:2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) 和 udev id " -"(例如\n" +"udev 路径名 (例如 /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f:2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) 和 udev id (例如\n" "/dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1)。\n" "如果设备名匹配了多个正则表达式，第一个匹配将最终决定分类名。。" @@ -5148,8 +5091,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "缓存文件系统尺寸：\n" @@ -5184,8 +5126,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "只读挂载：\n" @@ -5231,10 +5172,8 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "不在系统启动时挂载：\n" "系统启动时文件系统不会自动挂载。\n" @@ -5272,10 +5211,8 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "数据日志模式：\n" "指定文件数据的日志模式。\n" @@ -5319,17 +5256,14 @@ msgstr "任意选项值(&V)" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "自由选项值中有无效字符。不要使用空格或 Tab。请重试。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "任意选项值：\n" @@ -5359,8 +5293,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "文件配置表短名称的代码页：\n" "此代码页用于 FAT 文件系统上的短名称字符转换。\n" @@ -5374,8 +5307,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "文件配置表数量：\n" "指定文件系统中的文件配置表的数量。默认值是 2。" @@ -5389,9 +5321,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "文件配置表尺寸：\n" "指定所用文件配置表的类型(12 位、16 位或 32 位)。如果指定自动选项，YaST2 将为文件系统尺寸自动选择最适合的值。\n" @@ -5424,8 +5354,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "哈希函数：\n" "此选项指定对文件夹中的文件名进行排序所用的哈希函数的名称。\n" @@ -5439,14 +5368,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "文件系统修订版本：\n" -"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 修订版本。\"3.5\"用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内核。\"3.6\"是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 " -"或更高版本的内核。\n" +"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 修订版本。\"3.5\"用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内核。\"3.6\"是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5458,13 +5383,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "块尺寸：\n" -"指定以字节计的块尺寸。有效的块尺寸值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块尺寸。" -"\n" +"指定以字节计的块尺寸。有效的块尺寸值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块尺寸。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5491,8 +5413,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "索引节点空间百分比：\n" "\"索引节点空间百分比\"选项指定文件系统中可分配给索引节点的最大空间百分比。\n" @@ -5506,8 +5427,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5535,8 +5455,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "日志尺寸\n" "设置日志尺寸(以 MB 计)。如果选择自动选项，默认值为总尺寸的 40%。\n" @@ -5577,13 +5496,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "块尺寸：\n" -"指定以字节计的块尺寸。有效的块尺寸值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，块尺寸将由文件系统的尺寸和预期使用量来决定。" -"\n" +"指定以字节计的块尺寸。有效的块尺寸值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，块尺寸将由文件系统的尺寸和预期使用量来决定。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5603,8 +5519,7 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "每索引节点的字节数：\n" -"指定字节与索引节点的比率。YaST2 为磁盘上每 <bytes-per-inode> 个字节的空间创建一个索引节点。字节/索引节点 " -"之比越大，创建的索引节点越少。\n" +"指定字节与索引节点的比率。YaST2 为磁盘上每 <bytes-per-inode> 个字节的空间创建一个索引节点。字节/索引节点之比越大，创建的索引节点越少。\n" "通常这个值不应小于文件系统中的块尺寸，因为若比块小的话就会创建太多的索引节点。创建文件系统后，将无法扩展其中的索引节点的个数，\n" "因此务必为此参数输入一个合理值。\n" @@ -5625,14 +5540,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 " -"0.1。" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5671,8 +5580,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "禁用日志：\n" @@ -5909,8 +5817,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "无法创建分区因为磁盘上的其它分区正在使用中。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 @@ -6247,8 +6154,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "挂载点后面的星号 (*) 表示此文件系统目前未挂载\n" @@ -6594,9 +6500,7 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "由于文件系统不一致，无法调整尺寸。请试试在 Windows 下检查文件系统。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -313,10 +313,8 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "在保存修改后，此编辑器将修改相应 sysconfig \n" "文件中的变量。然后，它启动激活命令，这些命令修改基础配置文件，停止和启动守护程序并\n" @@ -324,9 +322,7 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." msgstr "重要：您仍可手动编辑每个单独的配置文件。文件的名称显示在变量描述中。" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -340,17 +336,12 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." msgstr "系统配置编辑器您可用系统配置编辑器修改某些系统设置。您也可用 YaST2 配置硬件和系统设置。" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." msgstr "注意：描述未翻译，因为它们是直接从配置文件中读取的。" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode @@ -380,9 +371,7 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." msgstr "在此显示搜索结果。若您看到了所需的项，请选择此项，然后点击\"转到\"。否则，点击\"取消\"关闭此对话框。" #. push button label @@ -565,32 +554,26 @@ #. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart #. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 -#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "正在重新加载服务 %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 -#| msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "重新加载服务 %s 失败" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "将重新加载服务 %s" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 -#| msgid "Restarting service %1..." msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "正在重启服务 %s..." #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 -#| msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "重启服务 %s 失败" #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 -#| msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "将重启服务 %s" @@ -600,7 +583,6 @@ #. @param service name #. @return [Boolean] active? #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 -#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "无法确定服务状态，systemd 服务不存在：" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -236,8 +236,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "仅更新已安装的包：此选择只更新系统中\n" @@ -249,8 +248,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "更新后，某些软件可能无法正常\n" @@ -315,10 +313,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 -#| msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgid "" -"Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.<" -"/a>" +msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</a>" msgstr "无法解决全部冲突。<a href=\"%s\">需手动干预。</a>" #. this is a heading @@ -378,18 +373,14 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129 -#| msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." -msgid "" -"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on " -"the installation media (%{update_to})." +msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})." msgstr "已安装产品 (%{update_from}) 与安装介质上的产品 (%{update_to}) 不兼容。" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running " -"system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -569,8 +560,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "选定分区检测到一个可能存在的不完整安装。\n" @@ -690,8 +680,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -785,8 +774,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" "您的系统使用了一个独立的 /var 分区，该分区被升级进程需要以检测磁盘名称变更。\n" @@ -823,11 +811,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" "在 %1 上的一些系统中的分区以内核设备名挂载。这样相当\n" Modified: trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) +++ trunk/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2015-11-10 12:51:06 UTC (rev 94804) @@ -25,27 +25,22 @@ msgstr "网关预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 -#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "网关 IP" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 -#| msgid "&Set" msgid "Set" msgstr "设置" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 -#| msgid "Show &Next" msgid "Show key" msgstr "显示密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 -#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "网关证书/密钥对" @@ -86,7 +81,6 @@ #. Remove the selected EAP user. #. Remove the selected XAuth user. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 -#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first." msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "请选择要删除的用户。" @@ -96,18 +90,15 @@ msgstr "预共享密钥是必需的。请输入一个预共享密钥。" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "请输入证书文件路径和密钥文件路径。" #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 -#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "请选择一个 PEM 加密的证书文件" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 -#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "请选择一个 PEM 加密的证书密钥文件" @@ -116,12 +107,10 @@ msgstr "网关预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 -#| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "网关证书" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "证书文件路径" @@ -132,7 +121,6 @@ msgstr "选择..." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "证书密钥文件路径" @@ -157,7 +145,6 @@ msgstr "删除" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 -#| msgid "No Password" msgid "Show Password" msgstr "显示密码" @@ -167,32 +154,26 @@ #. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 -#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "网关 - 预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 -#| msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "网关 - 证书" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 -#| msgid "enable LPD clients" msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "网关 - 移动客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 -#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "网关 - Windows 客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 -#| msgid "Client &Key" msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "客户端 - 预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 -#| msgid "&Client Certificate" msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "客户端 - 证书" @@ -207,7 +188,6 @@ #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 -#| msgid "The server name is already in configured." msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "连接名称已使用。" @@ -231,7 +211,6 @@ #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 -#| msgid "The server name is already in configured." msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "用户名已使用。" @@ -251,7 +230,6 @@ msgstr "全局配置" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 -#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "启用 VPN 守护进程" @@ -260,7 +238,6 @@ msgstr "降低 TCP 最大段大小 (MSS)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 -#| msgid "All Patches" msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "全部 VPN" @@ -269,12 +246,10 @@ msgstr "新建 VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 -#| msgid "Delete " msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "删除 VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 -#| msgid "Connection Settings" msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "查看连接状态" @@ -282,29 +257,23 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" "若 VPN 客户端访问特定互联网站点发生问题，可能是受影响的站点由于防火墙配置不正确而阻止了自动 MTU (最大传输单元) 发现。\n" "降低 TCP-MSS 将纠正这种情况; 然而，可用带宽也将降低大约 10%。" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 -#| msgid "Select a connection." msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "删除连接" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 -#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "您确定要删除连接" #. Check for incomplete configuration #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 -#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "请完成以下连接的配置：\n" @@ -319,17 +288,14 @@ #. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 -#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved." msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "设置已成功应用。" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 -#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "配置 IPSec 守护进程失败。" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 -#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "您想要查看守护进程日志和连接状态吗？" @@ -358,7 +324,6 @@ msgstr "全部 IPv4 网络 (0.0.0.0/0)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 -#| msgid "All networks" msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "全部 IPv6 网络 (::/0)" @@ -367,7 +332,6 @@ msgstr "受限 CIDR (无类别域间路由)，以逗号分隔：" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 -#| msgid "Connection Management" msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "连接名称：" @@ -376,17 +340,14 @@ msgstr "类型" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 -#| msgid "Master Server" msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "网关 (服务器)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 -#| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client" msgstr "客户端" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 -#| msgid "Choose Scenario" msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "场景为" @@ -395,7 +356,6 @@ msgstr "通过预共享密钥进行安全通信" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 -#| msgid "You must select a certificate." msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "使用证书进行安全通信" @@ -408,7 +368,6 @@ msgstr "为 Windows 7/8 客户端提供访问" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 -#| msgid "&Edit Crypt File" msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "编辑机要信息" @@ -421,7 +380,6 @@ msgstr "客户端地址池 (例如 192.168.100.0/24)" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 -#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "网关要求认证" @@ -430,12 +388,10 @@ msgstr "通过预共享密钥" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 -#| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "通过证书" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 -#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPN 网关 IP" @@ -445,7 +401,6 @@ #. They are however allowed in password #: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 -#| msgid "Enter the user password." msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "请输入用户名和密码。" @@ -459,13 +414,11 @@ #. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 -#| msgid "Enter a name for the new profile." msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "请输入新 VPN 连接的名称" #. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 -#| msgid "Enter the connection name." msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "请输入 VPN 连接名称。" @@ -481,29 +434,24 @@ #. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "证书文件路径：" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "证书密钥文件路径：" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "请不要在证书文件自身中存储密钥。" #. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "请输入证书文件和密钥文件。" #. Return password string. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 -#| msgid "Please enter keywords:" msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "请输入密码。" @@ -513,21 +461,15 @@ msgstr "日志每 3 秒钟自动刷新。" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 -#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "重启 VPN 守护进程" #. Restart IPSec daemon service. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 -#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "确认重启守护进程" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 -#| msgid "" -#| "Existing file %1\n" -#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n" -#| "Do you wish to continue?" msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -536,31 +478,26 @@ "您仍想要继续吗？" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 -#| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "重启 IPSec 守护进程失败" #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 -#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk." msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "状态不可用：守护进程运行着吗？" #. Install packages #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 -#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "安装 IPSec 软件包失败。" #. Enable/disable daemon #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 -#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "启动 IPSec 守护进程失败。" #. Configure IP forwarding #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 -#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "使用 sysctl 应用 IP 转发设置失败：" @@ -574,15 +511,13 @@ "为了使 VPN 正常工作，将激活 SuSE 防火墙。" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 -#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "重启 SuSE 防火墙失败。" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" "VPN 网关和客户端都需要特殊的 SuSE 防火墙配置。\n" @@ -592,12 +527,10 @@ #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 -#| msgid "Global Settings" msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "VPN 全局设置" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 -#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "启用 VPN (IPSec) 守护进程：%s" @@ -606,7 +539,6 @@ msgstr "降低 TCP 最大段大小 (MSS) 到 1024：%s" #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 -#| msgid "Create Client Connection" msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "网关和连接" @@ -617,7 +549,5 @@ #. Client summary #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 -#| msgid "Read current connection setup" msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "一个客户端正连接到" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94803 - trunk/yast/zu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:50:25 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94803 Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po 2015-11-10 12:50:01 UTC (rev 94802) +++ trunk/yast/zu/po/packager.zu.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-03 14:26\n" "Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Igama" @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -548,8 +548,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Ilungiselela ukuqala..." @@ -581,88 +581,105 @@ msgstr "Ilondoloza ukuhlelwa komqondisi wamaphakheji..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Priority" msgstr "Okuza &Kuqala Lapho Kushintshaniswa" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Ilanda Iphakheji" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Le moduli ye-YaST2 ayiyisekeli i-command line interface." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Okufike Nohlelo (default)" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Igama Le-Port Elingaziwa" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ayaziwa" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "I-URL: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "I-URL: %1" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Igama le-port elingaziwa %1." #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Isigaba" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Isevisi %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "All repositories" msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Wonke amasevisi" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Isevisi %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 #, fuzzy msgid "View" msgstr "&Buka" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 #, fuzzy msgid "Priority" msgstr "Okuza &Kuqala Lapho Kushintshaniswa" @@ -670,7 +687,7 @@ #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Iyasebenza" @@ -679,98 +696,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "&Vuselela kabusha" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Isevisi" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "I-URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Faka esikhundleni sayo..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Amakhathalogi Abhalisiwe" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&Shintsha Isimo (Vula noma Vala) " #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refre&sh On or Off" msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "IRifre&sha Iyasebenza Noma Ayisebenzi" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Igama &Lengxenye" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Properties" msgstr "Ama-property Enqolobane" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Ivuliwe" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Buyisa I-DNS Ngokuzenzakalelayo" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 #, fuzzy msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&Izikhiye Ze-WEP" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Refresha" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Amakhathalogi E-software Ahleliwe" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -779,11 +796,11 @@ "\n" "Kulesi sikhala sengxoxo, qondisa amakhathalogi e-software ahleliwe." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -798,7 +815,7 @@ " " #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -812,7 +829,7 @@ " \n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -834,7 +851,7 @@ " \n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -851,31 +868,31 @@ " Amasethingi Awumthombo." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -886,7 +903,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Imininingwane:" @@ -894,19 +911,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Ungathanda ukuzama futhi?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Yeka Ukuhlelwa Kwamakhathalogi" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" @@ -916,7 +933,7 @@ "Luyolahleka lonke ushintsho." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" @@ -924,47 +941,47 @@ msgstr "Alukho umiso %1." #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Amakhathalogi Abhalisiwe" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Amakhathalogi Abhalisiwe" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Iqala kabusha isevisi %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Ingabe ufuan ukususa ikhathalogi ekhethiwe esohlwini?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -972,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "Ingabe ufuan ukususa ikhathalogi ekhethiwe esohlwini?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -982,7 +999,7 @@ "rifresha isebenze." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -991,7 +1008,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1505,50 +1522,50 @@ msgstr "Uyakusula ngempela '%1'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Inezela ikhathalogi..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Khetha Uhlobo Lombiko" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Amakhathalogi Abhalisiwe" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Inezela ikhathalogi..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Yakha umthombo %1" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "&Inqolobane Yephrofayili:" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" @@ -1572,7 +1589,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1583,20 +1600,20 @@ "kwi-URL '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 #, fuzzy msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Shintsha Okukhethile" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1609,20 +1626,20 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Kwenzeke iphutha ngesikhathi ulungiselela isistimu yokufaka amafayela." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Ifayela yokuhlela ayizange itholakale noma ayinalutho" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1632,69 +1649,69 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Faka i-CD enesenezeli" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "I-URL: %1, I-Directory: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Ukwaziswa Okwengeziwe" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Ukukhethwa Komkhiqizo" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Imikhiqizo Eyenezelwayo" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Faka i-CD enesenezeli" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Faka imidiyamu yokufaka uhlelo yokuqala." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Ayikwazi ukubhala i-%1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" Modified: trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po 2015-11-10 12:50:01 UTC (rev 94802) +++ trunk/yast/zu/po/storage.zu.po 2015-11-10 12:50:25 UTC (rev 94803) @@ -6531,7 +6531,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukufaka amaphakheji adingekayo kuhlulekile." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94802 - trunk/yast/ro/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:50:01 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94802 Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/packager.ro.po 2015-11-10 12:50:01 UTC (rev 94802) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenSUSE\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-11-19 15:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Lucian Oprea <oprea.luci(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <LL(a)li.org>\n" @@ -209,8 +209,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nume" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -530,8 +530,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inițializez..." @@ -565,87 +565,104 @@ msgstr "Se salvează configurația gestiunii de aplicații..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritate" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Păstrează Pachetele Descărcate" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Implicit" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nume necunoscut" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Necunoscut" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "URL: %1" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown repository name" msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "nume de sursă de instalare necunoscut" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Categorie: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Serviciu: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Toate sursele de instalare" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Toate serviciile" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Serviciul '%1'" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Vizualizare" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritate" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activat" @@ -654,98 +671,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Reîmprospătare automată" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Serviciu" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "Înlocuiește..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Reactualizarea selectată" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Setează &&&nume..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Proprietăți" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Activat" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Reîmprospătează Automat" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Chei GPG..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizare" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Surse de instalare software configurate" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "Un serviciu sau Serviciul de Indexare a Surselor de Pachete(RIS) este un protocol pentru managementul surselor de pachete. Unserviciu poate oferi unul sau mai multe programe pentru sursele de pachetece poate fi schimbat de către administrator." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -755,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -768,7 +785,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -789,7 +806,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -804,31 +821,31 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "Selectează cea mai potrivită opțiune din partea de sus a ferestrei de navigare din sursa de instalare sau servicii." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -838,7 +855,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalii:" @@ -846,18 +863,18 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Încerc din nou?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Anulează configurarea sursei de instalare" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -866,7 +883,7 @@ "Toate modificările se vor pierde." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -875,40 +892,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Se reîmprospătează sursele de instalare" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Se Reîmprospătează Serviciile" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Reîmprospătează sursele de instalare" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Reîmprospătează Serviciile" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Se Reîmprospătează Sursa %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Se Reîmprospătează Serviciul %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Șterg sursa de instalare selectată din listă?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -917,7 +934,7 @@ "și sursele lui instalare?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -926,7 +943,7 @@ "poate fi setată reîmprospătarea." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -939,7 +956,7 @@ "Sigur adaug sursa de pachete din nou?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1408,42 +1425,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Adăugarea unei noi surse de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Se verifică tipul sursei de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Se adaugă sursa de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Se citește licența sursei de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Se verifică tipul sursei de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Adăugarea sursei de instalare" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Citirea licenței sursei de instalare" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Sursă de instalare" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1455,7 +1472,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1465,7 +1482,7 @@ " '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1474,12 +1491,12 @@ "Schimbă protocolul sau dezarhivează imaginea ISO pe server." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Reîncercați după modificarea adresei URL?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1492,19 +1509,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "A apărut o eroare la pregătirea sistemului de instalare." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Fișierul de control %1 nu a fost găsit pe mediu." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1514,62 +1531,62 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Nu se pot folosi produse adiționale." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Cale: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Produse Adiționale" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Se Selectează Produsele Adiționale" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Adaugă produsele selectate" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Introduceți CD-ul cu produsele add-on" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Introduceți primul mediu de instalare." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Nu s-a putut adăuga produsul %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Produs necunoscut" Modified: trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) +++ trunk/yast/ro/po/storage.ro.po 2015-11-10 12:50:01 UTC (rev 94802) @@ -5867,7 +5867,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalarea pachetelor necesare a eșuat." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94801 - trunk/yast/da/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:49:30 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94801 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -192,8 +192,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet." +msgstr "Al nødvendig information for basisinstallationen er nu indsamlet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -239,8 +238,7 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet." +msgstr "Nødvendig information for at udføre en opdatering er nu indsamlet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -275,29 +273,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder aktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." msgstr "Sortlistning af enheder deaktiveret (<a href=\"%s\">aktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Brug Sortlist enheder hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over " -"sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Brug Sortlist enheder hvis du vil oprette sortliste-kanaler over sådanne enheder, hvilket vil reducere kernens hukommelsesforbrug." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 -#| msgid "Starting service %1..." msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Sortlister enheder..." @@ -308,56 +299,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Markér Klon systemindstillinger, hvis du vil oprette en " -"AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " -"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " -"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" -"/p>" +"Markér Klon systemindstillinger, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "" -"Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" +msgstr "Skriv AutoYaST-profil til /root/autoinst.xml ved installationens afslutning?" #. this is a heading #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..." msgid "Clone System Configuration" msgstr "Klon systemkonfiguration" #. this is a menu entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Clone System Configuration" msgstr "&Klon systemkonfiguration" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">" -"do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem " -"den ikke</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "AutoYaST-profilen vil blive gemt som /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">gem den ikke</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -394,12 +365,8 @@ msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre " -"RPM-installationen hurtigere." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Her kan du vælge at bruge Novells prædefinerede imagefiler for at gøre RPM-installationen hurtigere." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -410,12 +377,8 @@ msgstr "Installér i&kke fra imagefiler" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som " -"installationskilde" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Udrulning af egne imagefiler - dette kræver at en URL er konfigureret som installationskilde" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -423,18 +386,12 @@ msgstr "Her kan du oprette dine egne imagefiler.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "Du skal konfigurere softwarevalget før du kan oprette en imagefil her" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Opret en imagefil (AutoYaST vil hente den fra den angivne placering under installation)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -459,34 +416,25 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Installation fra imagefiler bruges til at gøre installationen " -"hurtigere.\n" -"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som " -"matcher dit\n" -"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive " -"installeret fra\n" +"Installation fra imagefiler bruges til at gøre installationen hurtigere.\n" +"Imagefiler indeholder komprimerede snapshots af det installerede system, som matcher dit\n" +"valg af mønstre. Resten af pakkerne, som ikke er i imagefiler, vil blive installeret fra\n" "pakker på den normale måde.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal " -"auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Oprettelse af egne imagefiler bruges hvis du\n" "vil skippe hele trinnet med RPM-installation. I stedet vil AutoYaST dumpe en\n" -"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være " -"prækonfigureret allerede.\n" -"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation.<" -"/p>" +"imagefil på harddisken, hvilket er meget hurtigere og kan være være prækonfigureret allerede.\n" +"Alt andet end RPM-installation gøres som under en normal auto-installation." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -496,14 +444,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle " -"pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" -"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev " -"oprettet." +"Bemærk at ved installation fra imagefiler vil tidsstemplet for alle pakker, som kommer fra imagefilerne, ikke\n" +"matche installationsdatoen, men i stedet den dato hvor imagefilen blev oprettet." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -545,15 +490,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." +msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er aktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">deaktivér</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." +msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (<a href=\"%1\">aktivér</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -654,7 +597,6 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -#| msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test af t&astatur" @@ -688,14 +630,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Licensen skal accepteres, før du fortsætter installationen.\n" -"Brug Licensoversættelser..., for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige " -"oversættelser.\n" +"Brug Licensoversættelser..., for at se licensen i alle de tilgængelige oversættelser.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -744,7 +684,6 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter..." @@ -830,29 +769,20 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>" -"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Markér Klon, hvis du vil oprette en AutoYAST-profil.\n" -"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden " -"brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" -"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis " -"denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" -"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.<" -"/p>" +"AutoYaST er en måde at lave en komplet SUSE Linux installation på uden brugerindgriben. AutoYaST\n" +"kræver en profil for at vide hvordan det installerede system skal se ud. Hvis denne mulighed vælges, vil\n" +"en profil af det nuværende system blive gemt i <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken %1 være installeret.<" -"/p>" +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "For at klone det aktuelle system, skal pakken %1 være installeret." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -893,12 +823,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Fejlsøgning er blevet slået til.\n" -"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle " -"status." +"YaST vil åbne en pakkehåndtering, hvor du kan kan tjekke pakkers aktuelle status." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -932,9 +860,7 @@ msgstr "&Disk som skal bruges" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -969,7 +895,6 @@ msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "Skift net&værkskonfiguration" @@ -1102,7 +1027,6 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 -#| msgid "Installation Mode" msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsindstillinger" @@ -1119,9 +1043,6 @@ # Read dialog help 1/2 #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Installation Mode</big> \n" -#| "Select what to do:" msgid "<big>Installation Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Installationsindstillinger</big>" @@ -1140,8 +1061,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1150,12 +1070,8 @@ #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see " -"http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden " -"http://drivers.suse.com." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation, så se websiden http://drivers.suse.com." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1211,13 +1127,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder " -"eller\n" -"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring " -"konfigurationen over.\n" +"Et konfigureret netværk behøves, for at anvende eksterne softwarekilder eller\n" +"tillægsprodukter. Hvis du ikke bruger eksterne softwarekilder, spring konfigurationen over.\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 @@ -1231,34 +1144,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " -"\n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"I Linux er valg prioriteret højt. openSUSE tilbyder et " -"antal\n" -"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - GNOME" -"\n" +"I Linux er valg prioriteret højt. openSUSE tilbyder et antal\n" +"forskellige skrivebordsmiljøer. Nedenfor kan du se de 2 største - GNOME\n" "og KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale " -"installationsmønstre),\n" -"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen Andet. " -"Senere under \n" -"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje " -"yderligere \n" +"Du kan vælge alternative skrivebordsmiljøer (eller et af de minimale installationsmønstre),\n" +"som måske passer bedre til dine behov under indstillingen Andet. Senere under \n" +"softwarevalg eller efter installation, kan du ændre dit valg eller tilføje yderligere \n" "skrivebordsmiljøer. Dette skærmbillede lader dig vælge standard." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1442,12 +1346,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til " -"installation." +"Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation." #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 @@ -1563,12 +1465,10 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Her kan du se alle softwarekilder, som blev fundet\n" -"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i " -"opgraderingsprocessen." +"på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i opgraderingsprocessen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1577,8 +1477,7 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "For at aktivere, fjerne eller deaktivere en URL, klik på\n" -"Skift status-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i " -"tabellen." +"Skift status-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i tabellen." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1920,7 +1819,6 @@ #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 -#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Formindsker PREP-partition..." @@ -1936,7 +1834,6 @@ #. while input loop #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" msgstr "Placering af gemt konfiguration" @@ -2013,12 +1910,9 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" " -"herunder." +msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder." #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 -#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer." @@ -2070,8 +1964,7 @@ #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -136,41 +136,31 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall og SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra " -"netværket.\n" -"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en " -"dedikeret\n" +"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n" +"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n" "SSH-klient" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret " -"efter\n" +"Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n" "installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til " -"SSH-tjenesten\n" -"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten " -"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" +"Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n" +"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" "den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -392,11 +382,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke " -"udføres." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Der er ikke defineret nogen URL til udgivelsesnoter. Internettest kan ikke udføres." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -406,17 +393,14 @@ "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" "Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" "Download af seneste udgivelsesnoter fejlede pga. fejl på serversiden.\n" "Dette skyldes ikke nødvendigvis fejlkonfigureret netværk.\n" "\n" -"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at " -"springe\n" -"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at " -"gå\n" +"Tryk på \"Fortsæt\" for at gå videre til næste installationstrin. For at springe\n" +"trin over, der kræver internetforbindelse, eller tryk på \"Annullér\" for at gå\n" "tilbage til din netværkskonfiguration.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -606,8 +590,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" +msgstr "Sæt 'ja' for at tillade eller 'nej' for ikke at tillade fjernadministration" # #. Command line output Headline @@ -795,12 +778,8 @@ msgstr "IP-adresse for destination skal angives." #: src/clients/routing.rb:348 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, " -"tilvalg)" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Som minimum skal et af følgende parametre angives (gateway, netmaske, enhed, tilvalg)" #: src/clients/routing.rb:370 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1277,8 +1256,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " +msgstr "Markér tilvalgene til bond-driver, og redigér dem om nødvendigt. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1478,21 +1456,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable " -"Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITET</big> \n" -" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" -" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader " -"bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" -" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. " -"Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" +" Alle grænseflader konfigureret til Ved kabeltilslutning og med IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 vil blive\n" +" brugt på gensidigt udelukkende vis. Hvis mere end én af disse grænseflader bruger Ved kabeltilslutning\n" +" vil vi behøve en måde at beslutte hvilken grænseflade der skal tages op. Derfor er vi nødt til at\n" " sætte prioritet for hver grænseflade. \n" # @@ -1503,9 +1475,6 @@ #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 -#| msgid "" -#| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -#| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1699,12 +1668,8 @@ msgstr "Anvend tilvalget \"id\" til at bestemme enheden." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at " -"tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Værdien af \"id\" er uden for området. Anvend tilvalget \"list\" for at tjekke maks.-værdien af \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1826,12 +1791,8 @@ msgstr "Installerer firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af " -"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1855,8 +1816,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" +msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 @@ -1918,8 +1878,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Udev-regler er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n" @@ -1928,56 +1887,39 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu " -"konfigurerede netkort.\n" -"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil " -"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" +"Vis synlig portidentifikation lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n" +"Sæt passende tid, klik på Blink og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din " -"netværksenhed\n" -" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der " -"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" -" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt " -"virker standardværdien.\n" +"Kernemodul. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n" +" her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" +" for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" "Yderligere kan du angive tilvalg til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n" -"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for " -"eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" -"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under " -"gemmeprocessen.\n" +"tilvalg=værdi. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, io=0x300 irq=5. Bemærk: Hvis to kort \n" +"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool " -"med disse tilvalg.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Hvis du angiver tilvalg via Ethtool-tilvalg, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -2034,7 +1976,6 @@ msgstr "&Modulnavn" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 -#| msgid "Udev rules" msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" @@ -2048,7 +1989,6 @@ msgstr "Ændr" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 -#| msgid "Show visible port identification" msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Vis synlig portidentifikation" @@ -2062,7 +2002,6 @@ msgstr "Blink" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -#| msgid "Ethtool options" msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-tilvalg" @@ -2172,36 +2111,20 @@ # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af " -"mellemrum)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Angiv yderligere tilvalg for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal " -"aktiveres for denne grænseflade." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Vælg Aktivér IPA-overtagelse, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er " -"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Vælg Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret " -"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Indtast en 'Layer 2' MAC-adresse, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse." # #. TextEntry label @@ -2303,8 +2226,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big> \n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd " -"nu.\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på Afbryd nu.\n" # #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 @@ -2340,10 +2262,6 @@ "til at skifte mellem kablede og trådløse netværk.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 -#| msgid "" -#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" -#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" @@ -2401,8 +2319,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big>\n" @@ -2427,8 +2344,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n" -"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige " -"destinationer.\n" +"Standard-gateway matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n" "Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n" "denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n" "enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".\n" @@ -2437,14 +2353,11 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, " -"gateway-adresse,\n" +"For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n" "og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n" -"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. " -"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" +"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2452,8 +2365,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Aktivér IPv4-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " -"netværk\n" +"Aktivér IPv4-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2463,41 +2375,27 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Aktivér IPv6-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " -"netværk\n" +"Aktivér IPv6-videresendelse (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" "Advarsel: IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 -#| msgid "" -#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" -#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" -#| "will be affected by this setting. \n" -#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" -#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" -#| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at " -"tillade videresendelse. \n" -"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i " -"firewallen. Brug\n" +"Vigtigt: hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade videresendelse. \n" +"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n" "YaST's firewallmodul til dette.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n" @@ -2509,19 +2407,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit " -"værtsmaskinenavn med \n" -"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en " -"\n" -"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle " -"tidspunkter, selv \n" +"Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n" +"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n" +"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n" "uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n" "hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.\n" @@ -2561,39 +2454,29 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og " -"DNS-domænet\n" -" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, " -"hvis denne \n" -" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med " -"kommandoen\n" +"Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. mincomputer) og DNS-domænet\n" +" (f.eks. eksempel.dk) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n" +" computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n" " hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af " -"filen \n" -"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af " -"netconfig-scriptet,\n" +"Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n" +"/etc/resolv.conf) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af netconfig-scriptet,\n" "som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n" -"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug " -"standardpolitik\n" +"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. Brug standardpolitik\n" "er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2607,18 +2490,12 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive " -"tilladt at \n" -"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at " -"vælge indstillingen \n" -"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med " -"brugerdefineret politik,\n" -"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv " -"wildcards, med\n" -"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere " -"information,\n" -"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det " -"samme\n" +"Ved at vælge Kun manuelt, vil netconfig ikke længere blive tilladt at \n" +"ændre /etc/resolv.conf. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n" +"Brug brugerdefineret politik, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n" +"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n" +"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n" +"se manualsiden til netconfig. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n" "som at bruge politikken Kun manuelt.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2626,22 +2503,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adresseopsætning</big>\n" -"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen " -"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" +"Vælg Ingen adresseopsætning, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" "Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your " -"BIOS.\n" -msgstr "" -"Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<" -"/p>\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Markér iBFT hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.\n" # #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2660,8 +2531,7 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP<" -"/b>,\n" +"Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg DHCP,\n" "hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n" "modtages så automatisk fra serveren.\n" @@ -2669,23 +2539,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically." -"\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" -"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges " -"Zeroconf.\n" -"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + " -"Zeroconf.\n" +"For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges Zeroconf.\n" +"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges DHCP + Zeroconf.\n" "Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles statisk.\n" # #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2696,19 +2561,13 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for " -"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" -"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <" -"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" -"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til " -"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Til statisk adresseopsætning angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" +"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" +"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" # #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2746,12 +2605,8 @@ "vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer " -"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Obligatorisk grænseflade angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2764,8 +2619,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big>\n" "Maksimal overførselsenhed (MTU) er den maksimale størrelse på\n" -"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte " -"en\n" +"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n" "MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n" "langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n" "eller angiv en anden.\n" @@ -2773,12 +2627,10 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n" -"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen " -"adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." +"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til Aldrig og med Ingen adresseopsætning er tilgængelige." # #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2797,8 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hvis feltet DHCP-klientidenfikation er tomt, er standardværdien\n" "hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n" -"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik " -"friforms-identifikation\n" +"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n" "her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n" "netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse." @@ -2806,29 +2657,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til " -"indstillingsfeltet\n" -"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle " -"DHCP-servere\n" -"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i " -"overensstemmelse\n" +"Værtsnavn at sende angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n" +"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n" +"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n" "med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).\n" "Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet Værtsnavn at sende\n" -"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot " -"AUTO\n" -"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot AUTO\n" +"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2857,27 +2700,20 @@ #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " -"characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Aliasnavn er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n" " længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n" -" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig " -"forkorter efter 9 tegn." +" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo<" -"/b> instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo " -"istedet for eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives foo istedet for eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2900,16 +2736,12 @@ "Vælg mellem tre typer nøgle-input for din nøgle.\n" " Adgangsfrase: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n" " ASCII: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n" -"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil " -"16 tegn\n" +"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n" "for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n" " Hexadecimal: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n" -"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 " -"cifre for\n" -"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>" -"-</tt>,\n" -"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>" -".\n" +"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n" +"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n" +"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2940,8 +2772,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2950,10 +2781,8 @@ "celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n" "trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n" "Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden Managed og ingen WPA\n" -"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det " -"til\n" -"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det " -"adgangspunkt,\n" +"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n" +"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n" "der har den bedste signalstyrke.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 @@ -2969,20 +2798,16 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" "I nogle netværk skal du angive en autentifikationstilstand.\n" -"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP" -"\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs " -"netværkstrafik,\n" -"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte " -"krypteringsnøgle.\n" +"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. WEP\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n" +"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n" "I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden Åben (ingen\n" "autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n" "WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald Ingen kryptering). \n" @@ -2990,11 +2815,9 @@ "(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n" "potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n" "for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden Åben.\n" -"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n" -"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som " -"autentifikationstilstand.\n" +"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges WPA-PSK som autentifikationstilstand.\n" "Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden Managed.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 @@ -3040,15 +2863,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n" -"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere " -"indstillinger,\n" -"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme " -"mappe\n" +"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n" +"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n" "for alle tilgængelige tilvalg." #. TextEntry label @@ -3141,14 +2961,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" -"/p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "For TTLS og PEAP angiv din Identitet\n" "og Adgangskode, som konfigureret på serveren.\n" "Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n" -"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke " -"nødvendigt.\n" +"Anonym identitet, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -3170,14 +2988,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for " -"en\n" +"TLS anvender et Klientcertifikat til autentifikation istedet for en\n" "kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n" "og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n" "derfor også en klientnøgle-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n" @@ -3237,8 +3053,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som " -"fase 2).\n" +"Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n" "Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n" "tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n" "autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.\n" @@ -3354,8 +3169,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." +msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3424,14 +3238,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller " -"'Ad-hoc',\n" -"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke " -"nødvendigt\n" +"For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n" +"angives her den kanal, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n" "for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n" "ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne\n" @@ -3546,8 +3357,7 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Nøglelængde definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n" -"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 " -"bit.\n" +"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n" "Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n" "blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n" "netværksforbindelse ikke etableres." @@ -3596,8 +3406,7 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre " -"forbindelser\n" +"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n" "til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3686,8 +3495,7 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big>\n" @@ -3950,12 +3758,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du " -"bruge det på egen risiko?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 @@ -4260,16 +4064,12 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne " -"starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"virker stadig.\n" +"At bruge Ved NFSroot er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n" "Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4282,14 +4082,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enhedsaktivering</big>\n" -"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot " -"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" +"Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. Under boot aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" "Aldrig starter ikke enheden.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4330,25 +4128,21 @@ #. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287 -#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "NetworkManager Service" msgstr "NetworkManager-tjenesten" #. ifup is a program name #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295 -#| msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" msgid "Traditional ifup" msgstr "Traditionel ifup" #. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303 -#| msgid "Bridged Devices" msgid "Wicked Service" msgstr "Wicked-tjenesten" #. used when no network service is active or to disable network service #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311 -#| msgid "Network Services" msgid "Network Services Disabled" msgstr "Netværkstjenester deaktiveret" @@ -4421,7 +4215,6 @@ #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 -#| msgid "Not configured" msgid "configured" msgstr "konfigureret" @@ -4433,21 +4226,15 @@ msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende " -"indstillingerne." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 -#| msgid "Device Name" msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 -#| msgid "Base udev rule on" msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basér Udev-regel på" @@ -4797,9 +4584,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4929,14 +4714,8 @@ msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " -"See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) " -"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for " -"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -72,13 +72,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan " -"ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet Softwarekilder." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -169,12 +164,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de " -"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -254,9 +245,6 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 -#| msgid "" -#| "Packages for package management were updated.\n" -#| "Finishing and restarting now." msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -270,8 +258,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for " -"at \n" +"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n" "fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt." #. popup message @@ -292,16 +279,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af " -"YaST.\n" +"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n" " De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n" " \n" " Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n" @@ -457,8 +442,7 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive " -"installeret.\n" +"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n" "Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -535,8 +519,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." +msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 22:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander <mschlander(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " -"konfiguration.\n" +"Slet-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -204,8 +203,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" @@ -395,21 +394,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste." -"\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Næste.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig." -"\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på Færdig.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -424,11 +415,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " -"softwarekilde-detaljerne..." +msgstr "Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -493,12 +482,10 @@ "Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" "%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" "\n" -"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " -"pakkedata\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n" "kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" "\n" -"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " -"installerede\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n" "system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -524,12 +511,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " -"AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -553,8 +536,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer..." @@ -584,89 +567,102 @@ msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af softwarehåndtering..." #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Behold downloadede pakker" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " -"\"%1\" i stedet." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "URL: %1" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Ukendt navn på softwarekilde" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Kategori: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Tjeneste: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Alle softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Tjenesten \"%1\"" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Vis" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" @@ -675,88 +671,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autogenopfrisk" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjeneste" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "E&rstat..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Genop&frisk de valgte" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Status &til eller fra" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Genopfri&sk til eller fra" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Angiv &navn..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Egenskaber" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "Aktiv&eret" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Genopf&risk automatisk" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG-nøgler..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Genopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle med automatisk g&enopfrisk" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Genopfrisk alle aktiv&erede" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -764,38 +760,26 @@ "\n" "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er " -"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " -"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " -"tjenesteadministratoren." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "En tjeneste eller Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS) er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " -"at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv " -"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " -"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug Tilføj og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -808,7 +792,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -829,72 +813,51 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " -"check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste \n" -" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at " -"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " -"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " -"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +" Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges Redigér. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +" bruges Slet. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" " \n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " -"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " -"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "En softwarekildes prioritet \n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " -"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " -"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " -"og tjenester." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester." #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at " -"beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"Behold downloadede pakker Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory " -"/var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" -"/B> file." -msgstr "" -"Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, " -"placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen /var/cache/zypp/packages, placeringen kan ændres i filen /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -904,7 +867,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" @@ -912,19 +875,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Forsøg igen?" # #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Afbryd konfiguration af softwarekilde" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -933,7 +896,7 @@ "Alle ændringer vil gå tabt." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -942,40 +905,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenester" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Genopfrisk softwarekilder" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Genopfrisk tjenester" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker softwarekilden %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Genopfrisker tjenesten %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Slet den valgte softwarekilde fra listen?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -984,7 +947,7 @@ " og dens softwarekilder?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -993,7 +956,7 @@ "sættes til genopfrisk." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1006,10 +969,9 @@ "Vil du virkelig tilføje softwarekilden igen?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" +msgstr "Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1022,8 +984,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -1038,12 +999,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " -"brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1053,8 +1010,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1185,8 +1141,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "Fejl -- MD5-sum matcher ikke Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1214,8 +1169,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1225,8 +1179,7 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check" -"\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1234,19 +1187,16 @@ "Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk Start test\n" "eller brug Tjek ISO-fil og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " -"checksummen. " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " -"medie.\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1259,33 +1209,22 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Bemærk: Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " -"installation." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check." -"\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i " -"dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" -"/P>\n" +"Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge pad-indstillingen i dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1468,8 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle \n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til " -"nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug Tilføj og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1483,8 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en " -"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug Redigér. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "Slet.\n" "\n" @@ -1503,42 +1440,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Markér typen af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Tilføj softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Læs softwarekildens licens" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Tjekker type af softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Tilføjer softwarekilde" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Læser softwarekildens licens" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Softwarekilde" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1550,13 +1487,12 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " -"tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1566,7 +1502,7 @@ "fra URL '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1575,12 +1511,12 @@ "Skift protokol eller pak ISO-imagefilen ud på serversiden." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Vil du skifte URL og prøve igen?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1595,19 +1531,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1617,62 +1553,60 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Yderligere produkter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " -"listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" @@ -1808,50 +1742,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " -"32-bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " -"32-bit distribution." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " -"efter installation af systemet." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " -"space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " -"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " -"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " -"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " -"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " -"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " -"blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " -"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download." -"\n" +"Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1890,28 +1802,18 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " -"installationsmedier." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " -"ikke starte installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1946,8 +1848,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"Produktet %{old_product} vil blive opdateret til %{new_product}" +msgstr "Produktet %{old_product} vil blive opdateret til %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -1969,20 +1870,15 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Nogle produkter er markeret til automatisk fjernelse.</li>\n" -"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få " -"leveret et nyt\n" -"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller " -"-modul\n" -"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med " -"produktopgraderingen gå til\n" +"<ul><li>Kontakt leverandøren af det fjernede tilføjelsesprodukt for at få leveret et nyt\n" +"installationsmedie</li><li>Eller vælg den passende online-udvidelse eller -modul\n" +"i registreringstrinnet</li><li>Eller hvis du vil fortsætte med produktopgraderingen gå til\n" "softwarevalget og markér produktet (\"-release\"-pakken) til fjernelse.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -1999,8 +1895,7 @@ "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " -"kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.\n" #. popup - information label @@ -2069,12 +1964,8 @@ msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " -"of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " -"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2146,7 +2037,6 @@ #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 -#| msgid "License Agreement" msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale for %s" @@ -2260,13 +2150,11 @@ #. radio button #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 -#| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 -#| msgid "&NFS..." msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." @@ -2434,14 +2322,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" -"/p>\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Softwarekildens navn</big> \n" -"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " -"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " -"som navn.\n" +"Brug Softwarekildens navn til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2452,12 +2336,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Tjenestenavn</big> \n" -" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " -"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" +" Brug Tjenestenavn til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.\n" # #. popup message @@ -2506,14 +2388,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man " -"5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Monteringstilvalg</big> \n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se man 5 nfs\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button @@ -2750,8 +2630,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2762,8 +2641,7 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af Anonym og angiv\n" "Brugernavn og Adgangskode.\n" "\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og " -"Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for Delt ressource og Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv ISO-imagefil.\n" @@ -2774,8 +2652,7 @@ "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en " -"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"Det er muligt at angive port-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2858,16 +2735,13 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Download filer \n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " -"softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade " -"filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde for at downloade filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -80,26 +80,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke " -"installeret)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere udskrivning (den krævede pakke \"cups-client\" er ikke installeret)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke " -"installeret)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (den krævede pakke \"cups\" er ikke installeret)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til " -"udskrivning)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Ingen lokal printer tilgængelig (bruger den eksterne CUPS-server \"%1\" til udskrivning)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -141,8 +132,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." +msgstr "Kan ikke konfigurere lokale printere (ingen lokal \"cupsd\" tilgængelig)." #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -203,21 +193,15 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Angiv om automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer skal ske ved tilslutning" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af " -"USB-printere" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "Br&ug pakken udev-configure-printer til automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -234,12 +218,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af " -"printere for det lokale system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med automatisk konfiguration af printere for det lokale system." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -532,12 +512,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed " -"for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet " -"på køen." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Kun bogstaver (a-z og A-Z), tal (0-9) og underscore \"_\" er tilladt i navnet på køen." # #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -551,8 +527,7 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" -msgstr "" -"'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" +msgstr "'%1' er ugyldigt eller eksisterer allerede. Vil du bruge '%2' i stedet?" #. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown @@ -561,12 +536,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, " -"så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser den ny printerkonfiguration som forventet, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -614,12 +585,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' " -"is used)" -msgstr "" -"Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface " -"script' benyttes)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Ingen driver anvendes (det er en 'rå' kø, eller 'System V style interface script' benyttes)" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -628,8 +595,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" +msgstr "Justér indstillinger for den aktuelle driver eller tildel en anden driver" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -672,12 +638,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og " -"brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Hvis den næste dialog ikke viser de forventede ændringer, så vent lidt tid og brug knappen \"Genopfrisk liste\"." # #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -703,10 +665,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Behold modellen eller vælg en &producent hvis ingen \"rå kø\" skal sættes op" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -718,8 +678,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." +msgstr "Vælg en printer-&producent, hvis der ikke skal sættes en \"raw-kø\" op." #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server @@ -825,11 +784,8 @@ msgstr "S&top-bits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være " -"installeret." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "For at tilgå en bluetooth-printer, skal RPM-pakken bluez-cups være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -910,10 +866,8 @@ msgstr "URI (se printerens manual) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." -msgstr "" -"For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "For at tilgå en delt SMB-printer, skal pakken samba-client være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1014,8 +968,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." +msgstr "For at udskrive via \"pipe\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1034,7 +987,6 @@ msgstr "Program (/sti/til/kommando?option=value) [procent-indkodet]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 -#| msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "For at bruge \"beh\" skal RPM-pakken cups-backends være installeret." @@ -1238,10 +1190,8 @@ msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"space\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "Paritetstjek med \"mark\" er kun understøttet med 7 data-bits og 1 stop-bit." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1388,17 +1338,14 @@ msgstr "" "Dette er kun en generisk test som måske fejlagtigt melder fejl,\n" "hvis autentificering via Active Directory (R) er påkrævet.\n" -"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active " -"Directory (R)\n" +"I så fald bør en bruger der har rettigheder til at udskrive via Active Directory (R)\n" "logge ind og selv teste om han kan udskrive fra KDE eller GNOME." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%" -"2\"." +msgstr "Den generiske test melder fejl for den delte ressource \"%1\" på værten \"%2\"." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1414,19 +1361,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing " -"være installeret." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "For at understøtte Active Directory (R) skal RPM-pakken samba-krb-printing være installeret." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle " -"SMB-printkøer." +msgstr "Active Directory (R)-understøttelse vil være deaktiveret for alle SMB-printkøer." # #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1607,10 +1548,8 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "" -"Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "Printerbeskrivelsesfilen er ikke i overensstemmelse med specifikationen." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 @@ -1620,10 +1559,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "En ikke-overensstemmende printerbeskrivelsesfil kan føre til tilfældige fejl." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1672,14 +1609,12 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1803,8 +1738,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST oversigt over udskriftskøer</big> \n" -"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk. " -"\n" +"AutoYaST understøtter kun indstillinger for udskrift med CUPS via netværk. \n" "Der er ikke AutoYaST-understøttelse af lokale udskriftskøer.\n" "" @@ -1815,19 +1749,14 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. " -"\n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1835,8 +1764,7 @@ "En printer bruges ikke direkte, men via en udskriftskø. \n" "Når flere programmer tildeler udskriftsjobs samtidigt, sættes\n" "disse i kø og sendes en ad gangen til printeren. \n" -"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme " -"printer.\n" +"Det er muligt, at have flere forskellige udskriftskøer til den samme printer.\n" "Flere udskriftskøer er normalt nødvendige når der skal benyttes flere\n" "printer-drivere til den samme printerenhed.\n" "Det kan f.eks. være en udelukkende monokrom-driver for at gennemtvinge\n" @@ -1866,8 +1794,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1875,16 +1802,13 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" -"br>\n" +"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden. \n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning vælges, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "og der kan således ikke udskrives. \n" "Hvis en printerenhed kan tilgås via mere end én tilslutningstype,\n" @@ -1904,8 +1828,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1930,8 +1853,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1954,15 +1876,13 @@ "Driveren bestemmer at de korrekte data produceres til den\n" "specifikke printermodel. \n" "Hvis en forkert driver er tildelt, sendes forkert data til printeren\n" -"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift " -"overhovedet. \n" +"hvilket medfører uskønt udskrift, kaotisk udskrift, eller intet udskrift overhovedet. \n" "Indledningsvis er input-feltet for driveren forudfyldt\n" "med det autodetekterede modelnavn for den aktuelt valgte tilslutning\n" "og de drivere hvor driverbeskrivelsen passer til modelnavnet\n" "vises som standard. \n" "Hvis driverbeskrivelsen matcher det autodetekterede modelnavn\n" -"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme " -"model,\n" +"og hvis alle matchende driverbeskrivelser ser ud til at høre til samme model,\n" "sorteres driverbeskrivelserne således at den mest fornuftige driver\n" "bør være øverst på listen og denne forvælges automatisk.\n" "Hvis ingen driver automatisk forvælges, skal du manuelt\n" @@ -1992,8 +1912,7 @@ "Især skal driverens indstilling af standardpapirstørrelse\n" "matche det papir som faktisk er fyldt i din printer.\n" "Den kan enten eksplicit vælge A4 eller Letter som standardpapirstørrelse\n" -"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede " -"standardpapirstørrelse\n" +"eller vælge ingenting for at bruge driverens indbyggede standardpapirstørrelse\n" "hvilket også er nødplanen hvis driveren hverken understøtter A4 eller Letter\n" "(for eksempel en driver til en foto-printer til lille format).\n" "Hvis du gerne vil justere andre driverindstillinger end A4 eller Letter,\n" @@ -2107,10 +2026,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2149,8 +2066,7 @@ "og \"hp:/...\"-tilslutning.\n" "Sidstnævnte leveres af HP-driverpakken \"hplip\".\n" "Til almindelig udskrift bør begge tilslutninger virke, men til alt andet\n" -"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP " -"all-in-one-enhed)\n" +"(f.eks. enhedsstatus via \"hp-toolbox\", eller scanning med en HP all-in-one-enhed)\n" "skal \"hp:/...\"-tilslutningen bruges. \n" "Når du udskifter den aktuelt anvendt tilslutning med en anden,\n" "forudfyldes input-feltet til driver-søgestreng \n" @@ -2187,12 +2103,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<" -"br>\n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<" -"br>\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2209,8 +2122,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not " -"changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2227,8 +2139,7 @@ "Du kan enten vælge en anden driver og senere ændre opsætningen af\n" "driver-indstillingerne, eller beholde den nuværende driver og ændre\n" "dens opsætning af driver-indstillingerne nu. \n" -"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte " -"printer.\n" +"Nogle indstillinger i driver-indstillingerne skal passe til den enkelte printer.\n" "Opsætning af driverens standard-papirstørrelse skal f.eks. matche det papir,\n" "der faktisk er lagt i printeren. \n" "Til andre indstillinger af driver-indstillingerne kan du vælge, hvad du har\n" @@ -2243,8 +2154,7 @@ "(dvs. du skal afslutte denne dialog som første trin).\n" "I andet trin kan du justere alle driver-indstillinger\n" "ved at bruge denne dialog igen. \n" -"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med " -"beskrivelsen\n" +"Indledningsvis er input-feltet til driver-søgestrengen forudfyldt med beskrivelsen\n" "af den aktuelt anvendte driver når tilslutningen ikke er blevet ændret.\n" "Dette medfører normalt at kun én driver matcher,\n" "så du vil skulle angive en mindre specifik driver-søgestreng\n" @@ -2259,10 +2169,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2328,16 +2236,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har " -"uventede\n" +"Ikke-standardindstillinger virker måske ikke i ale tilfælde eller har uventede\n" "konsekvenser. \n" -"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en " -"laser-printer,\n" -"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle " -"sider\n" +"For eksempel virker en for højt sat opløsning måske ikke for en laser-printer,\n" +"hvis den standard indbyggede hukommelse er utilstrækkelig til at behandle sider\n" "med høj opløsning. \n" -"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en " -"inkjet-printer\n" +"Eller en højkvalitets indstilling gør udskrift utåleligt langsom på en inkjet-printer\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2457,65 +2361,30 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Angiv tilslutningen</big> \n" -"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden.<" -"br>\n" +"Tilslutningen bestemmer, hvilken vej data sendes til printerenheden. \n" "Hvis en forkert tilslutning anvendes, kan ingen data sendes til enheden,\n" "således bliver der heller ikke nogen udskrift.\n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" -#| "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" -#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" -#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" -#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" -#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" -#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" -#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" -#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" -#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" -#| "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" -#| "Some examples: \n" -#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" -#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" -#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" -#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" -#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" -#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" -#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" -#| "may have a device URI like: \n" -#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of " -"data-transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). " -"\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false" -" \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2540,13 +2409,11 @@ "Derfor er indkodes mellemrum som indgår i en URI-komponent\n" "som \"%20\" (20 er hexadecimal-værdien for mellemrum). \n" "Komponenterne i en URI adskilles af særligt reserverede tegn, såsom\n" -"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", " -"eller lig med-tegn \"=\". \n" +"kolon \":\", skråstreg \"/\", spørgsmålstegn \"?\", ampersand \"&\", eller lig med-tegn \"=\". \n" "Endelig kan der være valgfrie parametre (adskilt med et spørgsmålstegn '?')\n" "i form af tilvalg1=værdi1&tilvalg2=værdi2&tilvalg3=\n" "værdi3 således at en fuld enheds-URI f.eks. kan være: \n" -"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br" -">\n" +"ipp://server.domæne:631/printere/kønavn?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Nogle eksempler: \n" "En USB-printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' produceret af 'ACME'\n" "med serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan have denne enheds-URI: \n" @@ -2651,8 +2518,7 @@ "Selv bindestreng, punktum, tilde og versalfølsomhed\n" "kan give særlige problemstillinger i særlige tilfælde\n" "(f.eks. vides kun bogstaver, tal og underscore at virke\n" -"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning " -"der).\n" +"i et CUPS-udskriftskønavn og store og små bogstaver er ikke af betydning der).\n" "Derfor er det bedst kun at bruge små bogstaver, tal\n" "og underscore for alle værdier i alle URI'er hvis det er muligt. \n" "Reserverede tegn og mellemrum i værdien for en komponent\n" @@ -2664,11 +2530,9 @@ "(dvs. ikke-procent-indkodet).\n" "For sådanne input-felter vil alle mellemrum og reserverede tegn\n" "automatisk blive procent-indkodede.\n" -"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" " -"(ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" +"For eksempel hvis en adgangskode faktisk er \"Foo%20Bar\" (ikke-procent-indkodet),\n" "skal den angives bogstaveligt i dialogens input-felt til adgangskode.\n" -"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er " -"hvordan\n" +"Den automatiserede procent-indkodning giver \"Foo%2520Bar\" hvilket er hvordan\n" "værdien for adgangskodekomponenten faktisk gemmes i URI'en. \n" "Når et input-felt i dialogen derimod er tiltænkt til at angive\n" "mere end en enkelt værdi for en enkelt komponent i URI'en\n" @@ -2733,8 +2597,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>" -" \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2771,8 +2634,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en " -"printserverboks</big> \n" +"<big>Enheds-URI'er for adgang til en netværksprinter eller en printserverboks</big> \n" "En printserverboks er en lille enhed med en netværkstilslutning samt\n" "en USB- eller parallelport for tilslutning til den egentlige printer.\n" "En netværksprinter har sådan en enhed indbygget.\n" @@ -2810,90 +2672,6 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" -#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" -#| "means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" -#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" -#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" -#| "provides in your particular network: \n" -#| "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" -#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" -#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -#| "to a SMB printer share. \n" -#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" -#| "is needed to access it.\n" -#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" -#| "must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" -#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" -#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" -#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" -#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" -#| "would not work. \n" -#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" -#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" -#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" -#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" -#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" -#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n" -#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" -#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" -#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" -#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" -#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" -#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" -#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" -#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" -#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n" -#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" -#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" -#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" -#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" -#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" -#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" -#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" -#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" -#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" -#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" -#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" -#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" -#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" -#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" -#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" -#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" -#| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" -#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" -#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" -#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" -#| "The matching device URI is: \n" -#| "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" -#| "CUPS Server \n" -#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" -#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" -#| "in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" -#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" -#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" -#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" -#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" -#| "The matching device URI is: \n" -#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -#| "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX) \n" -#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n" -#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n" -#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n" -#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" -#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n" -#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n" -#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" -#| "The matching device URI is: \n" -#| "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -#| "For more information have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n" -#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2903,8 +2681,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2947,8 +2724,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2969,16 +2745,14 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big> " -"\n" +"<big>Enheds-URI'er til udskrift via en udskriftservermaskine</big> \n" "I modsætning til en printserverboks er en printservermaskine\n" "en reel computer, der tilbyder en udskrifttjeneste. \n" "Adgang foregår via flere forskellige netværksprotokoller.\n" "Spørg din netværksadministrator, hvad hvilken printservermaskine\n" "tilbyder på dit netværk: \n" "Windows (R) eller Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være " -"installeret.\n" +"For at tilgå en SMB-printerdeling skal RPM-pakken samba-client være installeret.\n" "Pakken leverer CUPS-backenden \"smb\" som er et link til\n" "programmet <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> som faktisk sender data\n" "til en SMB-printerdeling. \n" @@ -2987,8 +2761,7 @@ "Ydermere kan der kræves et brugernavn og en adgangskode for tilgang.\n" "Husk på at mellemrum og specialtegn i disse værdier\n" "skal være prorcent-indkodede (se ovenfor). \n" -"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren " -"\"lp\".\n" +"Som standard kører CUPS backends (i dette tilfælde smbspool) som brugeren \"lp\".\n" "Ved udskrivning i et Active Directory (R)-miljø (AD)\n" "har brugeren \"lp\" ikke rettigheder til at udskrive\n" "så den traditionelle måde at udskrive via smbspool som brugeren \"lp\"\n" @@ -3018,13 +2791,11 @@ "hvor brugere som sender udskriftsjobs ikke er logget ind. \n" "Til den traditionelle metode er en matchende fuld enheds-URI: \n" "smb://brugernavn:adgangskode@arbejdsgruppe/server/printer \n" -"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i " -"retning af\n" +"For eksempel kan \"John Doe\" med adgangskoden \"@home!\" bruge noget i retning af\n" "følgende enheds-URI til at tilgå en \"Fun Printer 1000+\"-ressource: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For mere information kig på <tt>man smbspool</tt> og \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "\"Windows\" og \"Active Directory\" er registrerede varemærker\n" "ejet af Microsoft Corporation i USA og/eller andre lande. \n" "Traditionel UNIX-server (LPR) \n" @@ -3046,44 +2817,6 @@ #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" -#| "Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" -#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" -#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" -#| "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" -#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" -#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" -#| "the program that you specified here.\n" -#| "The matching device URI is: \n" -#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" -#| "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" -#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n" -#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" -#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" -#| "which is then called by beh.\n" -#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" -#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" -#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" -#| "The matching device URI is: \n" -#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" -#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" -#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" -#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" -#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" -#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" -#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" -#| "to call the backend. \n" -#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" -#| "Example: \n" -#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" -#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" -#| "and the print job is lost. \n" -#| "For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" -#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -3116,12 +2849,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<" -"/tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3159,8 +2890,7 @@ "Backenden beh prøver at tilgå netværksprinteren printer 3 gange\n" "med 5 sek. forsinkelse mellem forsøgene. Hvis tilgang stadig fejler,\n" "deaktiveres køen ikke, og udskriftsjobbene mistes. \n" -"For mere information kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og<" -"br>\n" +"For mere information kig på <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> og \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -3204,8 +2934,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Udskrift via netværk</big> \n" -"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk.<" -"br>\n" +"Normalt bruges CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) til udskrift via netværk. \n" "Som standard bruger CUPS dens såkaldte \"browsing\"-tilstand\n" "til at gøre printere tilgængelige via netværk. \n" "I så fald skal eksterne CUPS-servere publicere deres printere via netværk\n" @@ -3220,8 +2949,7 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard. \n" "Det giver ikke mening at foretage udskrift på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade som hører til en ikke-betroet \"ekstern zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " -"sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" "Deaktivér derfor især ikke firewall-beskyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\".\n" @@ -3230,8 +2958,7 @@ "fra eksterne netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til den interne zone i firewalen.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " -"opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbar på dit netværk\n" "og brug af eksterne printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning. \n" @@ -3259,8 +2986,7 @@ "\n" "Hvis du kan tilgå eksterne CUPS-servere til udskrift\n" "men disse ikke annoncerer deres printerinformation via netværket\n" -"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede " -"printere\n" +"eller når du ikke kan acceptere indkommende information om annoncerede printere\n" "(f.eks. fordi skal have firewall-beskyttelse af netværkszonen\n" "hvori printere annonceres), kan du anmode om printerinformation\n" "fra CUPS-servere (forudsat at CUPS-serverne tillader dig adgang). \n" @@ -3275,8 +3001,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" @@ -3287,10 +3012,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt " -"CUPS-server,\n" -"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende " -"på din værtsmaskine.\n" +"Hvis du kun udskriver via netværk og hvis du kun bruger en enkelt CUPS-server,\n" +"er der ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing og have en CUPS-dæmon kørende på din værtsmaskine.\n" "I stedet er det nemmere at angive CUPS-serveren og tilgå den direkte. \n" "En mulig ulempe er at programmer kan blive forsinket\n" "et stykke tid (indtil der sker tidsudløb) når de prøver\n" @@ -3333,8 +3056,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3342,8 +3064,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Dele udskriftskøer og publicere dem via netværk</big> \n" "CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) skulle normalt være sat op til at bruge\n" -"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk.<" -"br>\n" +"dens såkaldte 'browsing'-tilstand, for at gøre dem tilgængelige via netværk. \n" "I så fald publicerer CUPS-servere deres printere via netværk, og\n" "følgelig skal CUPS-dæmonprocessen (cupsd) køre på din maskine.\n" "Denne lytter efter information om publicerede printere. \n" @@ -3360,23 +3081,19 @@ "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" "(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå " -"CUPS-serveren.\n" -"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej. " -"\n" +"Alle CUPS klientsystemer skal først og fremmest have lov til at tilgå CUPS-serveren.\n" +"Angiv derefter, hvorvidt printere skal publiceres til klienterne eller ej. \n" "På et lokalnetværk er den normale måde at sætte CUPS-browsing op på\n" "at tillade ekstern adgang for alle værtsmaskiner på det lokale netværk\n" "og at annoncere printere til alle disse værtsmaskiner. \n" "Det kræves ikke, at printere skal publiceres under nogen omstændigheder. \n" -"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt " -"CUPS-server.\n" +"Der er ingen grund til at bruge CUPS-browsing, hvis du blot har en enkelt CUPS-server.\n" "I stedet er det enklere at angive CUPS-serveren på klientsystemerne\n" "(via \"Udskrift via netværk\"), så klienterne kan tilgå serveren direkte.\n" "" @@ -3465,8 +3182,7 @@ "fordi denne zone er betroet som standard. \n" "Det giver ikke mening at udskrive i på et betroet internt netværk\n" "med en netværksgrænseflade der hører til den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\"\n" -"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være " -"sikre).\n" +"(sidstnævnte er standardindstillingen for at netværksgrænseflader skal være sikre).\n" "Deaktivér ikke firewall-besktyttelse af CUPS\n" "(dvs. for IPP som bruger TCP-port 631 og UDP-port 631)\n" "for den ikke-betroede \"eksterne zone\". \n" @@ -3475,8 +3191,7 @@ "fra et eksternt netværk (især fra internettet),\n" "så tildel netværksgrænsefladen som hører til det interne netværk\n" "til firewallens interne zone.\n" -"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale " -"opsætning\n" +"Brug YaST's modul til firewall-opsætning til at udføre denne fundamentale opsætning\n" "for at opnå sikkerhed og brugbarhed på dit netværk og\n" "deling af printere på et betroet internt netværk\n" "vil virke uden yderligere firewall-opsætning. \n" @@ -3506,28 +3221,6 @@ #. Policies help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" -#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" -#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" -#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" -#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" -#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" -#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" -#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n" -#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" -#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" -#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" -#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" -#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n" -#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" -#| " \n" -#| "The following error policies exist: \n" -#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" -#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" -#| "" msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" @@ -3547,8 +3240,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3570,8 +3262,7 @@ " \n" "Følgende fejlpolitikker findes: \n" "Stop printeren, og gem jobbet til senere udskrivning. \n" -"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 " -"sekunder). \n" +"Send jobbet igen fra begyndelsen efter at have ventet en tid (standard 30 sekunder). \n" "Afbryd og slet jobbet, og gå videre til det næste job.\n" "" @@ -3594,8 +3285,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big> " -"\n" +"<big>Automatisk konfiguration af lokalt tilsluttede printere</big> \n" "Markér afkrydsningsfeltet for at køre YaST's automatiske konfiguration\n" "af printere som er tilsluttet den lokale værtsmaskine. \n" "For hver autodetekterede lokalt tilsluttede printer,\n" @@ -3634,11 +3324,9 @@ "<big>Automatisk konfiguration af USB-printere</big> \n" "RPM-pakken \"udev-configure-printer\" giver\n" "automatisk konfiguration når USB-printere tilsluttes. \n" -"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke " -"installeret\n" +"Når dens afkrydsningsfelt indledningsvist ikke er markeret, er den ikke installeret\n" "og du kan så markere det, og den vil blive installeret. \n" -"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede " -"installeret\n" +"Når afkrydsningsfeltet indledningsvist er markeret, er den allerede installeret\n" "og du kan så afmarkere det hvorved den vil blive afinstalleret. \n" "Når udev-configure-printer er installeret,\n" "sker automatisk konfiguration af USB-printer via indgangene\n" @@ -3739,8 +3427,7 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3795,18 +3482,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." +msgstr "For at fortsætte skal du acceptere at \"%1\" ikke længere vil blive brugt." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og " -"fejl." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "En ikke-tilgængelig server fører til en uendelig sekvens af forsinkelser og fejl." # #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -3835,10 +3518,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Denne er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan slettes." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3846,11 +3527,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "Den valgte konfiguration vil blive slettet omgående og kan ikke genoprettes." # #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -3907,12 +3585,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden " -"bliver udskrevet." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Der er ventende udskriftjobs, som måske vil blive slettet før testsiden bliver udskrevet." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -4044,10 +3718,8 @@ msgstr "Se filen /var/log/cups/error_log for den fulde log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS loginformation under behandling af testsiden til %1 (kun på engelsk)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: @@ -4057,18 +3729,13 @@ #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren " -"af det eksterne system." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Når udskrift via et eksternt system mislykkes, kan du spørge administratoren af det eksterne system." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." +msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med tilføjelse af konfiguration." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -4076,10 +3743,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Dette er en ekstern konfiguration. Kun lokale konfigurationer kan ændres." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4134,12 +3799,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det " -"lokale system." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med opsætningspolitikker for det lokale system." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4277,9 +3938,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af " -"firewall." +msgstr "Se hjælpeteksten til denne dialog, hvis du er i tvivl om opsætning af firewall." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4313,9 +3972,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev " -"deaktiveret." +msgstr "Afkrydsningsfeltet til at foretage alle udskrifter via én CUPS-server blev deaktiveret." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4333,8 +3990,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte BrowseAllow-værdierne '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4381,17 +4037,13 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke " -"annonceringer\"\n" -"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev " -"deaktiveret\n" -"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner " -"sig..." +"Under skift fra \"acceptér printerannonceringer\" til \"acceptér ikke annonceringer\"\n" +"eller efter \"anmod om printerinformation fra CUPS-servere\" blev deaktiveret\n" +"tager det normalt 5 minutter, før allerede modtaget information fortoner sig..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4411,8 +4063,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" +msgstr "Der er flere måder at angive hvilke eksterne værtsmaskiner der er tilladte:" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4470,21 +4121,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af " -"mellemrum)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Tillad adgang fra disse IP-adresser eller &netværk/netmaske (adskilt af mellemrum)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af " -"mellemrum)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Publicér til disse IP-adresser eller netværk-&broadcast-adresser (adskilt af mellemrum)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4517,8 +4161,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Mislykkedes at fjerne 'BrowseAddress'-indgange fra /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. @@ -4530,8 +4173,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Mislykkedes at sætte 'BrowseAddress'-indgangene '%1' i /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4541,12 +4183,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale " -"printerkonfigurationer." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "En ekstern CUPS serverindstilling konflikter med deling af lokale printerkonfigurationer." # #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4820,8 +4458,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." +msgstr "Ingen passende driver fundet. Ændr søgestrengen eller prøv \"Find flere\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4859,7 +4496,6 @@ msgstr "gemt værdi" #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 -#| msgid "&Test Server" msgid "The server '" msgstr "Serveren \"" @@ -4897,8 +4533,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Startede hp-setup.\n" "Du skal afslutte hp-setup før du kan fortsætte med printerkonfigurationen.\n" @@ -4918,20 +4553,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde " -"tilgængelig." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og der er ingen softwarekilde tilgængelig." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på " -"softwarekilden." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Den krævede pakke %1 er ikke installeret, og den er ikke tilgængelig på softwarekilden." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ msgstr "Tjek &automatisk" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809 -#| msgid "Recommended Packages" msgid "Install &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér &anbefalede pakker" @@ -238,7 +237,6 @@ msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&bugsource-pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885 -#| msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages" msgstr "Installér alle matchende &anbefalede pakker" @@ -321,20 +319,12 @@ msgstr "&Annullér" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af " -"systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annullér skift</a> af systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i " -"denne softwarekilde (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i denne softwarekilde (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -364,16 +354,8 @@ msgstr "Fejl: Ikke mere diskplads!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du " -"risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis " -"du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk " -"Annullér nu, og fravælg nogle pakker." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk Annullér nu, og fravælg nogle pakker." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -397,12 +379,8 @@ msgstr "Automatiske ændringer" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for " -"at løse afhængigheder:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for at løse afhængigheder:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 @@ -415,12 +393,8 @@ msgstr "Ikke-supporterede pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er " -"supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -433,11 +407,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Bemærk: Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Bemærk: Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -445,195 +416,92 @@ msgstr "I denne dialog vælges rettelser til download og installation." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den " -"respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den " -"(estimerede) downloadstørrelse." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den (estimerede) downloadstørrelse." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " -"check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit " -"system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen Inkludér " -"installerede rettelser under listen." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen Inkludér installerede rettelser under listen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Feltet Beskrivelse af rettelse indeholder en længere beskrivelse af " -"den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens " -"beskrivelse her." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Feltet Beskrivelse af rettelse indeholder en længere beskrivelse af den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens beskrivelse her." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede " -"rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller " -"slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det " -"er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Udover Rettelser, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger " -"under Filter øverst til venstre:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Udover Rettelser, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger under Filter øverst til venstre:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. " -"Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller " -"højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Brug Tjek afhængigheder-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle " -"pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive " -"installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil " -"automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis " -"der er afhængighedskonflikter." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Brug Tjek afhængigheder-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis der er afhængighedskonflikter." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Når du forlader denne dialog med Godkend vil dette tjek automatisk " -"blive udført." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Når du forlader denne dialog med Godkend vil dette tjek automatisk blive udført." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med Filter" -"-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med Filter-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Udvalg Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Udvalg Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du " -"kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "" -"Pakkegrupper viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller " -"sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik " -"på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre " -"side." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Pakkegrupper viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle " -"pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "Tip: Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Søg giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige " -"kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender " -"dens navn." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Søg giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender dens navn." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der " -"indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet Leverer." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Tip: Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet Leverer." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Installationsoversigt viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- " -"hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Installationsoversigt viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Det er generelt en god idé at bruge Tjek afhængigheder og derefter " -"skifte til Installationsoversigt før klik på Godkend. På denne " -"måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Det er generelt en god idé at bruge Tjek afhængigheder og derefter skifte til Installationsoversigt før klik på Godkend. På denne måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal " -"fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " -"everything else." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke " -"pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i " -"Behold og fjern kryds i resten." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Tip: Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i Behold og fjern kryds i resten." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -683,12 +551,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis " -"versionen er den samme)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis versionen er den samme)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -710,22 +574,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen " -"omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre " -"pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på " -"installationsmediet." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på installationsmediet." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -734,20 +588,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af " -"uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny " -"version, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny version, der kan komme med distributionen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -757,18 +603,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug " -"for den." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug for den." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Tip: Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Tip: Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -778,12 +618,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere " -"version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -793,12 +629,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den " -"slettes." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den slettes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -822,13 +654,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér " -"den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere " -"version." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere version." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -837,21 +664,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er " -"installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. " -"Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -860,23 +679,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu " -"er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke " -"bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " -"eller får." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -885,22 +694,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne " -"pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " -"eller får." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere " -"versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -960,13 +759,8 @@ msgstr "Opret testcase for afhængighedsløseren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde " -"bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <tt>%1</tt><" -"/p>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -974,12 +768,8 @@ msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <tt>%1</tt>Forbered " -"et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <tt>%1</tt>Forbered et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -988,12 +778,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Fejl under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren" -"Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Fejl under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløserenKontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1788,7 +1574,6 @@ #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 -#| msgid "Unmaintained Packages" msgid "Incompatible Package Versions" msgstr "Inkompatible pakkeversioner" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ #. "Help" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 -#| msgid "Help" msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjælp" @@ -140,21 +139,18 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 -#| msgid "Release Notes" msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "&Udgivelsesnoter" #. "Steps" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 -#| msgid "Steps" msgid "&Steps" msgstr "&Trin" #. "Tree" button #. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 -#| msgid "Tree" msgid "&Tree" msgstr "&Træ" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/vpn.da.po 2015-11-10 12:49:30 UTC (rev 94801) @@ -248,11 +248,8 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " -"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " -"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. @@ -498,8 +495,7 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " -"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" @@ -529,4 +525,3 @@ #: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94800 - trunk/yast/hr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:49:23 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94800 Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po 2015-11-10 12:49:06 UTC (rev 94799) +++ trunk/yast/hr/po/packager.hr.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-04 20:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Krešimir Jozić <kjozic(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Croatian <kde-i18n-doc(a)lists.kde.org>\n" @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime" @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -517,8 +517,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicijaliziram..." @@ -553,23 +553,23 @@ msgstr "Čuvam konfiguraciju podizača sustava" #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioritet" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Skidam presliku..." #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Potraga za uređajima - ovaj modul ne podržava sučelje naredbene linije, koristite '%1' umjesto." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "Default" msgstr "&Standardna" @@ -577,70 +577,86 @@ #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nepoznati tip" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nepoznato" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "Naziv: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "Naziv: %1" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nepoznato ime porta" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 #, fuzzy msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Kategorija" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 #, fuzzy msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servis" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Svi repozitoriji" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Svi servisi" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servis" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Pogled" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioritet" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Omogućeno" @@ -649,107 +665,107 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 #, fuzzy msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "&Obnovi" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servis" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Zamijeni..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Osvježi izvore" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "&Prebaci status (uključeno ili isključeno)" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Refresh Sources" msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Osvježi izvore" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Poslužitelj" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Svojstva" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Omogućeno" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "&Pokreni Pohranu Podataka Automatski" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "&GPG ključevi..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Osvježi" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Konfiguracije" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "U ovom upitu, promijeni različite postavke za podizanje sustava." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -759,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -768,7 +784,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -781,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -791,31 +807,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" @@ -824,7 +840,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalji:" @@ -832,19 +848,19 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Pokušati ponovo?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Napredne ručne konfiguracije" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" @@ -854,51 +870,51 @@ "Sve promjene biti će izgubljene." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Osvježavam repozitorije" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Osvježavam repozitorij " -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Osvježi repozitorije" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Osvježi izvore" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Osvježavam repozitorij %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 #, fuzzy msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem uslugu %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "Obrisati odabrani unos?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" @@ -906,7 +922,7 @@ msgstr "Obrisati odabrani unos?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" @@ -914,7 +930,7 @@ msgstr "Dijeljena putanja ne može biti prazna." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -923,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 #, fuzzy msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "Molim pričekajte dok učitavam postavke." @@ -1381,45 +1397,45 @@ msgstr "Zaista obrisati dio %1?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Dodajem novi repozitorij" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Provjeri vrstu repozitorija" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Dodaj repozitorij" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Ukloni repozitorije" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Stvaram arhiv" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Dodajem repozitorij" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Osvježavam repozitorij " #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repozitorij" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1431,7 +1447,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -1440,19 +1456,19 @@ msgstr "Nemogu kreirati direktorij '%1'." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Promijeni URL i pokušaj ponovo?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" @@ -1468,21 +1484,21 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Greška se dogodila prilikom čuvanja datoteke." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 #, fuzzy msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Paket %1 nije pronađen na mediju." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1492,63 +1508,63 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Nije uspjelo dodavanje dodatnog proizvoda." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, putanja: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Dodatni proizvodi" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Izvori dodatnih proizvoda" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Dodaj odabrane &proizvode" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Umetnite CD s dodacima" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Vaša postojeća instalacija " #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Ne mogu dodati proizvod %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Nepoznati proizvod" Modified: trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po 2015-11-10 12:49:06 UTC (rev 94799) +++ trunk/yast/hr/po/storage.hr.po 2015-11-10 12:49:23 UTC (rev 94800) @@ -5384,7 +5384,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalacija potrebnih paketa neuspijela." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94799 - trunk/yast/ne/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:49:06 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94799 Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) +++ trunk/yast/ne/po/packager.ne.po 2015-11-10 12:49:06 UTC (rev 94799) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "" @@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -496,85 +496,100 @@ msgstr "" #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" @@ -583,98 +598,98 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "" #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" @@ -684,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -693,7 +708,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -706,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" @@ -716,31 +731,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" "reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." msgstr "" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -748,7 +763,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -756,79 +771,79 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "" #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -837,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1255,42 +1270,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1302,7 +1317,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1310,19 +1325,19 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1335,19 +1350,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1355,58 +1370,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94798 - trunk/yast/ja/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:49:00 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94798 Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) @@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ #. progress step title #. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." msgstr "インストール環境で自動インストールスクリプトを実行しています..." @@ -35,8 +36,8 @@ msgstr "設定データを読み込んでいます..." #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "しばらくお待ちください" @@ -60,8 +61,9 @@ #. #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -169,8 +171,7 @@ "new permissions." msgstr "" "コピーしたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定してください。\n" -"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を" -"示した\n" +"所有者を設定するには (ユーザ ID):(グループ ID) の書式を使います。アクセス権は変更方法を示した\n" "記号表現 (例: 'o+r', 'g+w' 等) 、または新しいアクセス権を示す数値表現 (例: '755', '777' 等) \n" "を利用することができます。" @@ -305,15 +306,13 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in " -"<software/> section." +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" "AutoYaST プロファイル内にあるこれらのセクションは、このシステムでは処理することができません:\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必要な " -"YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" +"誤った表記を行なっているか、もしくはお使いのプロファイル内の <software/> セクションで、必要な YaST パッケージが含まれていないものと思われます。" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -690,8 +689,7 @@ "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録し" -"たり時間切れ設定付きで\n" +"ご要望に応じて、インストール時のメッセージを表示せずに飛ばすことができるほか、それらを記録したり時間切れ設定付きで\n" "表示したりすることができます。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 @@ -700,8 +698,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "メッセージ のすべてを、タイムアウト付きで表示しておくことをお勧めします。\n" -"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありま" -"せん。\n" +"警告メッセージによっては飛ばすことができるものがありますが、それらは無視するべきものではありません。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -766,8 +763,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense " -"only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -846,12 +842,14 @@ msgid "Re&use" msgstr "再利用 (&U)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "種類 (&T)" #. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 #: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 msgid "Apply" msgstr "適用" @@ -942,9 +940,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効で" -"す。" +msgstr "サイズ \"auto\" (自動) は、マウントポイントが \"/boot\" または \"swap\" である場合にのみ有効です。" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -973,7 +969,8 @@ msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加 (&V)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "削除 (&D)" @@ -1084,7 +1081,8 @@ msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "新規 (&W)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "編集 (&E)" @@ -1108,7 +1106,8 @@ msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "説明 (&P):" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "その名前はすでに使われています。他の名前を選んでください。" @@ -1174,7 +1173,8 @@ msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "クラスの統合" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" @@ -1254,17 +1254,20 @@ msgstr "自動インストール - 設定" #. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "名前を付けて保存..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "ファイル %1 の保存に成功しました。" #. Profile::checkProfile(); #. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "ファイルの保存中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -1475,7 +1478,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" @@ -1515,7 +1519,8 @@ msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Kickstart ファイルをインポートしています..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 #: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "初期化しています..." @@ -1576,11 +1581,13 @@ msgid "OK" msgstr "正常" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" @@ -1644,7 +1651,8 @@ msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "第 2 ステージの完了後にマシンを再起動する" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "署名処理" @@ -1708,8 +1716,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール" -"後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" +"AutoYAST の第 2 ステージを無効にすると、最初の再起動が行なわれた後 (パッケージのインストール後) に手動モードに切り替わります。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 @@ -1730,7 +1737,8 @@ msgid "Frametitle" msgstr "フレームタイトル" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "Question" msgstr "質問" @@ -1754,15 +1762,18 @@ msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" msgstr "'シンボル' の種類に対する選択リスト" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Label" msgstr "ラベル" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 msgid "" msgstr "" @@ -1814,7 +1825,8 @@ msgid "Add Question" msgstr "質問の追加" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 msgid "Edit Question" msgstr "質問の編集" @@ -1953,16 +1965,8 @@ msgstr "詳細オプション" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical " -"devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a " -"primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size " -"of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しいパーティションを拡張" -"パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。なお AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティ" -"ションをプライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。" -"また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "既定の設定では、 AutoYAST は 1 つの拡張パーティションを作成し、全ての新しいパーティションを拡張パーティション内の論理パーティションとして追加します。なお AutoYaST に対して、特定のパーティションをプライマリパーティションや拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示することもできます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2160,8 +2164,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>インタプリタ:</H3>\n" -"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や " -"Python\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトにはシェルスクリプトだけが設定できます。 Perl や Python\n" "などのスクリプトは、プレインストールスクリプトには設定できません。\n" "\n" @@ -2182,8 +2185,7 @@ "ネットワークにアクセスできるようにするには準備処理が必要になります。\n" "ネットワーク機能付きのポストインストールスクリプトの代替としては、実行する際に\n" "システムの設定が完了していることを保証する初期化スクリプトがあります。\n" -"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプ" -"ションを使用することもできます。\n" +"インストールをネットワーク経由で行なった場合は、ポストスクリプト用に ネットワーク オプションを使用することもできます。\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 @@ -2196,8 +2198,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>フィードバックとデバッグ:</H3>\n" -"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポッ" -"プアップ表示することができます。\n" +"初期化スクリプトを除く全てのスクリプトは、フィードバックとして標準出力と標準エラー出力をポップアップ表示することができます。\n" "デバッグを有効にすると、フィードバック表示にスクリプトをデバッグするための多くの情報が\n" "表示されるようになります。\n" @@ -2290,15 +2291,15 @@ "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズし" -"たり、\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを追加することで、必要に応じてインストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" "インストールの各ステージでインストールを制御したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "ユーザスクリプト管理" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "まずはスクリプトを選択してください。" @@ -2404,8 +2405,7 @@ "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するもの" -"と\n" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、 YaST2 コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" "同じです。入力したデータは収集され、 AutoYAST で他のシステムをインストールする時に利用する\n" "コントロールファイルに出力されます。\n" "\n" @@ -2542,9 +2542,7 @@ #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なっ" -"てください。" +msgstr "ボリュームグループ '%1' には、 1 つ以上の物理ボリュームを設定しなければなりません。設定を行なってください。" #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2704,8 +2702,7 @@ "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができ" -"ます。\n" +"たとえば全く異なる AutoYaST の XML ファイルを追加するなど、 %1 で ISO の変更を行なうことができます。\n" "OK ボタンを押すと ISO を作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2748,16 +2745,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認し" -"てください。" +msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアのセクションを確認してください。" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 " -"MB 不足しています" +msgstr "XML プロファイルで設定したパーティション設定プランはお使いのハードディスクに適合しません。 %1 MB 不足しています" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2834,4 +2827,3 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK (&O)" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) @@ -50,33 +50,24 @@ msgid "" "Here you can edit the location of your Update Repositories.\n" "\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's " -"enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also " -"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look " -"like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ " -"for SMT server\n" -"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/ for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/ for SMT server\n" +"<li>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-… for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "" msgstr "" "ここでは、 更新リポジトリ の場所を指定します。\n" "\n" -"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、" -"サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" -"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例" -"としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" +"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE マネージャのサーバ内に用意されている場合、サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" +"残りは自動的に補完されます。独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" "\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/" -"sle-11-x86_64/\n" -"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/" -"suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/\n" +"<li>SMT サーバの場合: http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/\n" +"<li>SUSE Manager Server の場合: http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…\n" "\n" "詳しい説明については、配置ガイドをお読みください。\n" "" @@ -99,15 +90,11 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.</" -"p>\n" -"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list." +"Here, define a Network Mode with relevant Bonding Policy.\n" +"You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list." msgstr "" -" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー</" -"b> を設定します。\n" -" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインター" -"フェイス名を指定することもできます。 " +" ここでは ネットワークモード と関連する ボンディングポリシー を設定します。\n" +" スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインターフェイス名を指定することもできます。 " #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -126,11 +113,9 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>." msgstr "" -"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があり" -"ます:\n" +"それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があります:\n" "<tt>[符号類] [速度] [順序]</tt>\n" -"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。</" -"p>" +"たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。" #. table header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:254 @@ -405,9 +390,7 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値" -"が使用されます。" +msgstr "何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が使用されます。" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 @@ -531,4 +514,3 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/ncurses-pkg.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ #. headline - packages with automatic status change #. headline of a popup with packages #. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 -#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192 +#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "自動変更" @@ -58,9 +58,7 @@ #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないことをご了" -"解ください。" +msgstr "インストールを続行することもできますが、その場合はシステムが壊れてしまうかもしれないことをご了解ください。" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -82,19 +80,22 @@ msgstr "ダウンロードサイズの合計: " #. Help button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107 msgid "&Help" msgstr "ヘルプ (&H)" #. add the Cancel button #. begin: the label of the Cancel button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル (&C)" #. add the OK button #. the label of an Accept button -#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 +#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "了解 (&A)" @@ -120,34 +121,20 @@ msgstr "不要" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a " -"newly installed package." -msgstr "" -"これは便利なパッケージの一覧です。新しくインストールしたパッケージが推奨している場合、追加でイ" -"ンストールされます。" +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgstr "これは便利なパッケージの一覧です。新しくインストールしたパッケージが推奨している場合、追加でインストールされます。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The " -"decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールをお勧め" -"しています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "これらのパッケージは、既にインストールされているパッケージに適合するため、インストールをお勧めしています。実際にインストールするかどうかは、ユーザ側で選択します。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't " -"possible." -msgstr "" -"解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これらのパッ" -"ケージは更新されません。" +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "解決器は下記のパッケージについて、リポジトリが設定されていないことを検出しました。これらのパッケージは更新されません。" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." -msgstr "" -"下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われるパッケー" -"ジです。" +msgstr "下記のパッケージは、従来の依存関係では必要であったものの、現在は不要になったと思われるパッケージです。" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -575,7 +562,8 @@ msgstr "修正の名前" #. column header package description (keep it short!) -#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 +#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64 +#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387 msgid "Summary" msgstr "概要" @@ -670,84 +658,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software " -"on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets " -"of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about " -"package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The " -"package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインストールさ" -"れているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストール／更新／削除" -"できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語についても、インストール／更" -"新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際にパッケージの依存関係を気にす" -"る必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレクタは 3 つの主要な部分から成ってい" -"ます: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メニュー です。" +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "パッケージセレクタへようこそこのツールでは、お使いのシステム内にインストールされているソフトウエアの管理についてお手伝いをします。単一のパッケージをインストール／更新／削除できるほか、パターン(特定の用途を提供するパッケージのセット) や言語についても、インストール／更新／削除を行なうことができます。一般的にはインストールや削除の際にパッケージの依存関係を気にする必要はなく、解決器がそれを解決してくれます。パッケージセレクタは 3 つの主要な部分から成っています: フィルタ, パッケージ一覧, メニュー です。" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. " -"Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for " -"example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すために用意" -"されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほか、選択したパ" -"ターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定のキーワードに該当す" -"るものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は フィルタの使い方 をお" -"読みください。" +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "フィルタ (左のパネル) は、数多くのパッケージの中から必要なものを見つけ出すために用意されています。特定のリポジトリから提供されているものだけを表示することができるほか、選択したパターン (たとえば \"ゲーム\" や \"C/C++ 開発\" のように) に属するもの、特定のキーワードに該当するものなどを抜き出すことができます。フィルタについての詳しい情報は フィルタの使い方 をお読みください。" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of " -"packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). " -"Each line of the package table has several columns:" -msgstr "" -"パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィルタ" -"(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはいくつかの列" -"があります:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "パッケージ一覧 はパッケージセレクタの最も重要な部分です。現在設定されているフィルタ(RPM グループや検索結果など) に該当するものが表示されます。また、パッケージ一覧にはいくつかの列があります:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> " -"<li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured " -"repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> " -"<li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>パッ" -"ケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定している場合" -"など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示されません)</" -"li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>パッケージ状態 (詳細は パッケージ状態とシンボル をお読みください)</li><li>パッケージ名</li><li>パッケージの概要</li><li>利用可能なバージョン(リポジトリを複数設定している場合など)</li><li>インストール済みのバージョン(インストールされていない場合は表示されません)</li><li>パッケージサイズ</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected " -"package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an " -"additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing " -"the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see " -"Package Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ (また" -"は一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージを削除した" -"り、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示されたキーを押す" -"ことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態とシンボル をご覧く" -"ださい)。 " +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "一覧の下部に表示されている アクション メニューを利用すると、選択したパッケージ (または一覧内の全てのパッケージ) に対して状態を変更することができます。たとえばパッケージを削除したり、インストールするために選択したりなどです。状態の変更は、メニュー項目に表示されたキーを押すことで直接変更することもできます (詳細な情報については パッケージ状態とシンボル をご覧ください)。 " #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display " -"relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For " -"more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示したり、リポ" -"ジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内の便利な機能</" -"i> をお読みください。" +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "メニュー ではパッケージの依存関係を処理したり、パッケージの関連情報を表示したり、リポジトリエディタを開いたりなどの便利な機能を提供しています。詳しくは メニュー内の便利な機能 をお読みください。" #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -756,28 +693,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in " -"the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" " -"status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status " -"means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変更する" -"ことができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選択が行なわれ" -"ます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないという意味になりま" -"す。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの場合にパッケージの更新" -"を許さない意味になります。" +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "パッケージの状態は、 アクション メニューまたはメニュー項目に記載されたキーで変更することができます。たとえば '+' を入力すると指定したパッケージをインストールするよう選択が行なわれます。 また、 \"禁止\" 状態はパッケージをインストールしてはならないという意味になります。似たような状態として \"ロック\"がありますが、これはインストール済みの場合にパッケージの更新を許さない意味になります。" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions</" -"i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed " -"Packages')." -msgstr "" -" Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできます。ま" -"た、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対して、状態を変" -"更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。" +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr " Enter または スペース キーでパッケージの状態を切り替えることもできます。また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、一覧内にある全てのパッケージに対して、状態を変更することもできます ('一覧にある全てのパッケージ' を選択してください)。" #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -786,28 +708,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed " -"automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be " -"automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will " -"be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : インス" -"トールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新します</" -"p>a> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケージはインス" -"トール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: このパッケージは絶" -"対にインストールしません (禁止)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : このパッケージはインストールするために選択されていますa+ : インストールするために自動的に選択されています > : このパッケージを更新しますa> : このパッケージは自動的に更新されます i : このパッケージはインストール済みです - : パッケージは削除されます---: このパッケージは絶対にインストールしません (禁止)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</" -"p>Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this " -"pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッケージを" -"ロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言語に対する要求" -"は満たされています" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: インストール済みのバージョンを維持し、更新したり削除したりしません (パッケージをロック) パターンや言語に対する状態情報::-): このパターンや言語に対する要求は満たされています" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -816,73 +723,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected " -"criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package " -"\"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the " -"desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケージを見" -"つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グループ) のほ" -"か、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定することができます。ド" -"ロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞれのフィルタについての説" -"明を記します。" +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "フィルタ 機能を利用することで、利用可能な全てのパッケージの中から必要なパッケージを見つけ出すことができます。パッケージフィルタはパッケージの属性 (リポジトリ、 RPM グループ) のほか、パッケージの \"コンテナ\" (パターン、言語) や分類、検索結果を基に設定することができます。ドロップダウンメニューから必要なフィルタを選択してください。以下にそれぞれのフィルタについての説明を記します。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X " -"server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), " -"recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, " -"update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" -"パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X サーバ" -"\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインストールすべき" -"もの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケージ (インストールしな" -"くてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパターンを選択すると、解決器が" -"動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "パターン とは、システムが保持すべき特徴や機能を表現するものです (たとえば \"X サーバ\" や \"コンソールツール\" など)。それぞれのパターンには必須パッケージ (必ずインストールすべきもの) のほか、推奨パッケージ(インストールしたほうがよいもの) 、提案パッケージ (インストールしなくてもかまわないもの)があります。インストールや更新、削除の際にパターンを選択すると、解決器が動作してそれぞれ関連するパッケージの状態が変更されます。" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with " -"translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM " -"Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain " -"RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The " -"Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " -msgstr "" -"言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージの翻訳" -"や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、インストール可能" -"なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成がパッケージの属性そ" -"のものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポジトリフィルタでは、" -"指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働きます。 " +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "言語 はパターンとよく似たパッケージコンテナです。選択した言語に対するパッケージの翻訳や辞書、言語固有のファイルなどのパッケージがあります。 RPM グループ は、インストール可能なパッケージコンテナではありません。その代わり、特定の RPM グループ内の構成がパッケージの属性そのものになっています。それらは階層 (ツリー) 構造になっていて、 リポジトリフィルタでは、指定したリポジトリからのパッケージのみを表示するフィルタとして働きます。 " #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package " -"search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also " -"search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and " -"click the 'Search' button." -msgstr "" -"検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してくださ" -"い。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。また、パッ" -"ケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボックスを選択して" -"から検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押してください。 " +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "検索 フィルタを利用するには、パッケージを検索する語句 (一部でも可) を入力してください。たとえば \"3d\"と入力すると、三次元関係のパッケージを検索することができます。また、パッケージの説明文や提供物などを検索対象に含めたい場合は、それぞれ適切なチェックボックスを選択してから検索語句を入力してください。それぞれを入力したら '検索' ボタンを押してください。 " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed " -"during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or " -"automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information " -"about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示されま" -"す(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたものも表示されま" -"す。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立, 不要 " -"の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "インストールの概要 では、このセッション内で状態を変更したパッケージの概要が表示されます(たとえばインストールしたり削除したりなど)。解決器によって自動的に変更されたものも表示されます。 パッケージ分類のフィルタでは、 推奨, 提案, 孤立, 不要 の状態にあるパッケージの情報を表示します。" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -890,109 +752,32 @@ msgstr "メニュー内の便利な機能" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of " -"package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. " -"You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict " -"resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうことができ" -"ます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッケージを選択" -"した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法を提案します。矛盾" -"を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試行' を押してください。" +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "依存関係: このメニューでは、パッケージの依存関係に関する様々な処理を行なうことができます。既定では、パッケージの依存関係は状態を変更するたびに確認されます。また、パッケージを選択した際に何らかの矛盾が発生した場合は、その旨を示すダイアログで矛盾の解決方法を提案します。矛盾を取り除くには、提示された解決方法のいずれかを選択して '了解して再試行' を押してください。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency " -"Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. " -"The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and " -"resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if " -"necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will " -"dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This " -"is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 " -"をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することが" -"できます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決し" -"ます。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用" -"に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 " -"<tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれま" -"す。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いくだ" -"さい。" +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "それぞれの状態変更で依存関係の確認を行なわないようにするには、 自動的な依存関係確認 をオフにしてください。この場合、 今すぐ依存関係を確認 ボタンを押して手動で確認することができます。 システムの検証では、パッケージの依存関係を確認したのち対話無しで矛盾を解決します。この場合、必要なパッケージは自動的にインストールするようマークされます。また、デバッグ用に 依存関係の解決テストケースを生成を利用することもできます。この機能を利用すると、 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>ディレクトリ内にパッケージの依存関係の出力が行なわれます。 bugzilla で \"解決テストケース\" (\"solver testcase\") について尋ねられた場合にお使いください。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see " -"above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, " -"System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve " -"immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -"System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are " -"saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みく" -"ださい), 推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定すると、すでにインストールされてい" -"るパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検" -"証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を" -"解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システ" -"ム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 " -"<tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended Packages: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "利用可能な依存関係確認方法は下記のとおりです: 自動依存関係チェック (上記をお読みください), 推奨パッケージをインストールする: 有効に設定すると、すでにインストールされているパッケージが推奨するパッケージについても、インストールを行なうようになります。 システム検証モード: インストール済みのパッケージに対して依存関係の確認を行ない、即時にそれらの矛盾を解決します。注意: 今すぐシステムを検証する を選択してシステムを確認した後は、 システム検証モード がオンになります (不要な場合は選択を外してください) 。これらのオプションは、 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> にある YaST の設定ファイル内に保存されます。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused " -"packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed " -"package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of " -"the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用していた不" -"要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッケージと製造" -"元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませんが、パッケージラ" -"イブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することができます。" +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "高度なオプション: パッケージを削除する際に清掃を行なう: 依存関係が利用していた不要なパッケージを削除します。 製造元の変更を許可する: インストール済みのパッケージと製造元が異なる場合も、インストールを行ないます。これらのオプションは保存されませんが、パッケージライブラリの設定ファイル (<tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>) で設定することができます。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in " -"the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data " -"(version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included " -"in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能なもの" -"パッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージバージョン " -"(利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、依存関係 (提供する" -"もの、必要としているものなど) があります。" +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "表示: パッケージ一覧の下に表示する情報を選択することができます。表示可能なものパッケージの説明のほか、技術データ (バージョン、サイズ、ライセンスなど)、パッケージバージョン (利用可能なもの全て)、ファイル一覧 (パッケージに含まれている全てのファイル)、依存関係 (提供するもの、必要としているものなど) があります。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package " -"management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured " -"repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available " -"updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させたもの" -"です。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済みのリポジトリ" -"を編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダウンロード間隔を設" -"定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッケージ選択の終了時の動作に" -"ついても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインストール後の動作 メニューよ" -"り) 。" +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "設定: このメニューはパッケージ選択とパッケージ管理ユーティリティを統合させたものです。ここから リポジトリマネージャの開始 を行なうことができるほか、設定済みのリポジトリを編集したり更新リポジトリを登録したりできるほか、利用可能な更新についてのダウンロード間隔を設定することもできます (オンライン更新の設定を起動). また、パッケージ選択の終了時の動作についても 3 種類から選択することができます (パッケージインストール後の動作 メニューより) 。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File " -"will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This " -"file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different " -"computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as " -"described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table " -"displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." -msgstr "" -"オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイルにエク" -"スポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイルに出力する" -"ことができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポート を押すこと" -"で取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを利用して複数の目的のコ" -"ンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能なディスク領域の表示 を押す" -"と、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量が表示されます。 " +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "オプション: ここにはその他の機能が存在します。 パッケージ一覧をファイルにエクスポート ではインストール済みのパッケージやパターン、言語を指定した XML ファイルに出力することができます。このファイルは後から パッケージ一覧をファイルからインポート を押すことで取り込むことができます (たとえば別のコンピュータ上で)。 XML ファイルを利用して複数の目的のコンピュータを同じパッケージ状態にすることができます。 利用可能なディスク領域の表示 を押すと、マウント済みの各パーティションについて使用状況と空き容量が表示されます。 " #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304 @@ -1189,77 +974,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving " -"security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended</" -"b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you " -"are interested in the feature." -msgstr "" -"修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリティ問" -"題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 の修正は重要" -"なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 の修正は、特定の機" -"能に問題がある場合の修正です。" +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "修正に関する一般的な情報:セキュリティ の種類が設定された修正は、セキュリティ問題を解決するための修正で、必ずインストールしておくことをお勧めします。 推奨 の修正は重要なバグ修正を含むものであり、こちらもインストールをお勧めします。 機能 の修正は、特定の機能に問題がある場合の修正です。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get " -"installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." -msgstr "" -" \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストールされま" -"す。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr " \"libzypp\" の修正 (パッケージ、修正、パターン、製品管理) は、常に最初にインストールされます。それ以外の修正はソフトウエアを起動し直してインストールしてください。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are " -"preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a " -"certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are " -"satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。" -"これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストール" -"しない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件" -"が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" -"" +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "状態フラグの意味:a+ : お使いのシステムに関係する修正が事前に選択されています。これらはお使いのシステムでダウンロードしてインストールされるものです。特定の修正をインストールしない場合は、 '-' を押して選択を解除してください。 i : この修正に対する必要条件が満たされていることを示します。 + : インストールするよう選択したことを示します。" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of " -"packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+</" -"b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i " -"afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is " -"satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、" -"これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を " -"'-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージ" -"が選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインス" -"トールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要がありま" -"す。 " +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "状態に関する詳細: パッケージ (1 つまたは複数) に対して未適用の複数の修正が存在する場合、これらは事前に選択され、 a+ という状態になります。これらの修正のうち、いずれかの選択を '-' で外すと、 i という状態になります。これは、このパッケージを必要とする他のパッケージが選択されていることを示すもので、修正の要件を満たすために新しいパッケージのバージョンをインストールします。修正をインストールしたくない場合は、これらのパッケージの選択も外す必要があります。 " #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the " -"'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use " -"the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the " -"possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is " -"'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The " -"Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -"" -msgstr "" -"メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関" -"連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することも" -"できます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができ" -"ます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供" -"します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空" -"になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響" -"するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェック" -"を行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "メニュー:フィルタ メニューでは、 'インストール済み' のものや 'セキュリティ' 関連の修正など、修正をフィルタ表示することができます。また、このメニューでは修正を検索することもできます。 また、 アクション メニューを利用することで、修正の状態を変更することができます。 それ以外にも、 ビュー メニューでは修正に関係するパッケージを表示する機能を提供します。注意: フィルタが 'すべての修正' になっている場合でも、修正によってはパッケージ一覧が空になる場合があります。これは、システムに修正パッケージが全くインストールされていないため、影響するパッケージが存在しないために発生します。 依存関係 メニューでは依存関係のチェックを行なうことができるほか、 '依存関係の解決テストケースを生成' を行なうこともできます。" #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655 @@ -1305,9 +1041,7 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいですか？" -"" +msgstr "パッケージや修正、パターンの選択に関する全ての変更が失われます。 終了してよろしいですか？" # カメルーン #. the label of language table @@ -1356,17 +1090,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</" -"p>Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer " -"version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packages</" -"p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." -msgstr "" -"更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。" -"考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストールメディアにも" -"更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージであるこれら" -"のパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な選択はこれらを削除するこ" -"とです。" +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "更新の際の問題 この一覧にあるパッケージは自動的に更新することができません。考えられる原因:これらは他のパッケージで更新されているどのインストールメディアにも更新すべき新しいバージョンが無いこれらはサードパーティ製のパッケージであるこれらのパッケージはどのように対処するのか手動で設定してください。最も安全な選択はこれらを削除することです。" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804 @@ -1397,30 +1122,13 @@ msgstr "互換性のないパッケージのバージョン" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "" -"You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of " -"this package at the same time." -msgstr "" -"マルチバージョンに対応しているものと、対応していないものの両方をインストールしようとしていま" -"す。" +msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time." +msgstr "マルチバージョンに対応しているものと、対応していないものの両方をインストールしようとしています。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "" -"This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and " -"unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep " -"the other one." -msgstr "" -"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応しています。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバー" -"ジョンをインストールしてマルチバージョン非対応のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" " -"を押すと、このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" +msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応しています。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバージョンをインストールしてマルチバージョン非対応のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" を押すと、このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "" -"This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this " -"version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the " -"other ones." -msgstr "" -"このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応していません。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバー" -"ジョンのみをインストールし、それ以外のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" を押すと、" -"このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" - +msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "このバージョンはマルチバージョンに対応していません。\"続行\" ボタンを押すと、このバージョンのみをインストールし、それ以外のものをアンインストールします。 \"キャンセル\" を押すと、このバージョンをインストールせずに、現状のまま維持します。" Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) @@ -245,8 +245,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要で" -"す。\n" +"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" "\n" "設定してよろしいですか？" @@ -390,21 +389,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 次へ を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。</" -"p>\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "使用したいオンラインリポジトリを選択し、 完了 を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -486,8 +477,7 @@ "システムメモリが %dMiB より少ない場合、初期インストールの時点でオンライン\n" "リポジトリを追加するのはお勧めできません。\n" "\n" -"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大き" -"な\n" +"このままオンラインリポジトリを追加すると、追加のパッケージデータがより大きな\n" "メモリ領域を要求するため、インストーラがクラッシュしたりフリーズしたりする\n" "場合があります。\n" "\n" @@ -517,12 +507,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセ" -"クションを確認してください。" +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "パッケージ解決器の実行に失敗しました。 AutoYaST プロファイルのソフトウエアセクションを確認してください。" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -586,12 +572,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには" -"対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "インストールリポジトリ - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -772,33 +754,21 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッ" -"ケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者" -"によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供する" -"ことができます。" +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "サービス や リポジトリインデックスサービス (RIS) は、パッケージリポジトリの管理を行なうためのプロトコルです。サービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更することができる 1 つ以上のソフトウエアリポジトリを提供することができます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n" -"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービ" -"スを指定します。\n" -"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的" -"に検出します。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押してリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" +"YaST は指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -840,69 +810,44 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "リポジトリやサービスの状態変更\n" -"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリ" -"を削除\n" -"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起" -"動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックス" -"をお使いください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を変更するには 編集 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" +"するには、 削除 ボタンを押してください。リポジトリの有効化や無効化、起動時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスをお使いください。\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "リポジトリの優先順序 \n" -"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順" -"位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケー" -"ジが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用しま" -"す。\n" +"リポジトリの優先順序は、整数で 0 (最も高い優先順位) から 200 (最も低い優先順位) の間で指定します。既定の優先順位は 99 です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先順位のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選" -"択してください。" +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "リポジトリ内やサービス内をたどるには、ウインドウの上部にあるオプションを選択してください。" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択する" -"と、\n" -"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッ" -"シュに\n" -"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはイン" -"ストール後に削除されます。" +"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションを選択すると、\n" +"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" +"保存することができます。チェックを外すと、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages " -"にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルか" -"ら変更することができます。" +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "既定のローカルキャッシュは、ディレクトリ /var/cache/zypp/packages にあります。ローカルキャッシュの場所は /etc/zypp/zypp.conf ファイルから変更することができます。" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -1011,8 +956,7 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "リポジトリ %1\n" -"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるも" -"のと思われます。\n" +"は既に追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは 1 回ずつ追加すれば十分であるものと思われます。\n" "\n" "リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか？" @@ -1047,12 +991,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスに" -"は対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "ソフトウエアインストール - このモジュールは、コマンドラインインターフェイスには対応していません。代わりに '%1' をお使いください。" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1062,9 +1002,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールでき" -"ません。" +msgstr "エラー: 一時ディレクトリを追加できませんでした。パッケージをインストールできません。" #. error message #. error message @@ -1185,9 +1123,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損していま" -"す。" +msgstr "ドライブにメディアが挿入されていないか、 ISO ファイルシステムが破損しています。" #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1197,9 +1133,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "エラー -- MD5 チェックサムが一致しません このメディアは使用できません。" #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1225,41 +1159,34 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" -" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していな" -"いかどうか確認\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合は、メディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" "してください。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" "ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて チェック開始\n" -" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してくださ" -"い。\n" +" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\n" "ドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\n" "この確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。 " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\n" -"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れ" -"たメディア\n" +"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディア\n" "は使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行なってください。\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1273,33 +1200,22 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできま" -"せん。" +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "注意: システムで使用されている場合、メディアを交換することはできません。" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメ" -"ディア確認をお使いください。" +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "インストールを開始する前にメディアを確認するには、起動メニュー内にあるメディア確認をお使いください。" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" "ご自分でメディアに書き込みを行なう場合は、お使いの書き込みソフトウエアで\n" -"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問" -"題を回避することができます。\n" +"パディング を有効にしてください。メディアの終わり部分でエラーが出る問題を回避することができます。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1309,8 +1225,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、全ての\n" -"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次" -"へ' を押してください。" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順を飛ばすには '次へ' を押してください。" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1483,8 +1398,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "新しい GPG 鍵の追加 \n" -"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してく" -"ださい。\n" +"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1498,8 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "GPG 鍵の状態を更新する\n" -"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除す" -"るには \n" +"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n" "削除 を押してください。\n" "\n" @@ -1585,8 +1498,7 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していませ" -"ん。\n" +"ftp または http プロトコルを利用した ISO イメージの使用には対応していません。\n" "プロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側で ISO イメージを展開してください。" #. popup message part 2 @@ -1653,8 +1565,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "インストールリポジトリには、一覧にある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" @@ -1822,48 +1733,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディ" -"ストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "お使いのコンピュータは 64 ビットの x86-64 システムですが、 32 ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのか" -"を示しています。" +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "パターンの一覧は、インストール後にどのような機能が利用できるようになるのかを示しています。" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時" -"ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示さ" -"れたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 " -"25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われま" -"す。" +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、 25% (またはおおよそ 300MB) 程度の空き領域を確保しておくのが望ましいと思われます。" #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" " 'ダウンロード' で示されているサイズは、リモート (ネットワーク)\n" -"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かっ" -"たりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1902,30 +1793,18 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡" -"を取ってください。" +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、これらのアドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取って" -"ください。" +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "新しいインストールメディアの提供を受けるため、アドオンの製造元に連絡を取ってください。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インス" -"トールを開始することができません。" +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2) の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 @@ -1940,9 +1819,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らして" -"ください。" +msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な容量が不足しています。一度で選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 @@ -1984,20 +1861,15 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>いくつかの製品を自動削除しようとしています。</li>\n" "<ul><li>削除するアドオンに対して、その製造元にお問い合わせいただき、\n" -"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</" -"li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選" -"択\n" -"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release " -"パッケージ) を削除するように\n" +"新しいインストールメディアが提供されていないかどうかをご確認ください。</li><li>そのほか、登録時に適切なオンライン拡張やモジュールをインストール時に選択\n" +"することもできますし、</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続けて製品 (-release パッケージ) を削除するように\n" "マーキングすることも可能です。\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" @@ -2009,16 +1881,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに" -"含まれています。\n" +"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" "インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" -" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができ" -"ます。\n" +" SUSE Linux の Web サーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" "\n" #. popup - information label @@ -2085,12 +1954,8 @@ msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディア" -"のルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリに license.tar.gz ファイルを配置してください。" #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 @@ -2443,13 +2308,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>リポジトリ名</big> \n" -"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジ" -"トリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" +"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 @@ -2460,12 +2322,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>サービス名</big> \n" -"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス " -"URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" +"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はサービス URL の一部を名前として採用します。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 @@ -2513,15 +2373,12 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>マウントオプション</big> \n" -"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することが" -"できます。\n" -"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めしま" -"す。詳細と\n" +"ここでは、 NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に設定するオプションを設定することができます。\n" +"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n" "対応するオプションの一覧については、 man 5 nfs をお読みください。" #. radio button @@ -2540,8 +2397,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>CD または DVD メディア</big> \n" -"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" -"" +"メディアの種類として CD-ROM または DVD-ROM を指定してください。" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 @@ -2598,10 +2454,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>ローカルディレクトリ</big> \n" "ディレクトリへのパス を利用してディレクトリへのパスを\n" -"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単" -"に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), @@ -2633,8 +2487,7 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2647,8 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルシステムの項目で 'auto' を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\n" "ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、もしくは既に\n" -"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してく" -"ださい。\n" +"どのファイルシステムが使われているのかを知っている場合は、一覧から選択してください。\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 @@ -2670,8 +2522,7 @@ "リポジトリの場所を指定するには ディレクトリのパス を押してください。\n" "パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" "ディレクトリ内にメタデータ (製品情報など) が含まれておらず、単に\n" -" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ</" -"b>\n" +" RPM パッケージだけが含まれている場合は RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ\n" "を選択してください。\n" #. text entry @@ -2763,8 +2614,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2773,25 +2623,20 @@ "サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" "では NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\n" "ユーザ認証が必要な場合は 匿名 のチェックを外し、\n" -"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。</" -"p>\n" +"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n" "\n" -"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまた" -"は\n" +"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまたは\n" "ISO イメージへのパス をそれぞれ指定します。\n" -"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ</" -"b>\n" +"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ\n" "を設定してください。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することが" -"できます。\n" +"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することができます。\n" "既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2875,18 +2720,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "ファイルのダウンロード \n" -"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがありま" -"す。\n" -"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モ" -"ジュールを\n" -"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合" -"は、\n" +"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を説明するための説明ファイルがあります。\n" +"リポジトリの説明をダウンロード のチェックを付けると、この YaST モジュールを\n" +"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルのダウンロードを行ないます。チェックしない場合は、\n" "必要に応じて後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" #. dialog caption @@ -3111,4 +2952,3 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージ選択を解除してください。" - Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) +++ trunk/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2015-11-10 12:49:00 UTC (rev 94798) @@ -97,7 +97,8 @@ msgstr "パーティション設定の作成 (&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -712,7 +713,8 @@ #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning #. Information what to do, background information #. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクの準備" @@ -922,7 +924,8 @@ #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "インストール先: " @@ -961,7 +964,8 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "/home パーティションを分離して提案する (&H)" @@ -988,8 +992,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" -"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント " -"\"/\" \n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。特定のパーティションにルートマウントポイント \"/\" \n" "を割り当ててください。\n" "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" @@ -1290,8 +1293,7 @@ "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してくださ" -"い。\n" +"ご心配の場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" "特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである /, /boot, /opt, /var の\n" "いずれかである場合は、ご注意ください。\n" @@ -1375,8 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" "%1\n" -"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めしま" -"す。\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1428,12 +1429,14 @@ msgstr "暗号化ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください。" #. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "パスワードを指定しなくてもかまいません。" @@ -1461,7 +1464,8 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "ファイルシステムのパスワードを入力してください (&E):" @@ -1471,8 +1475,8 @@ #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "確認のため、再度パスワードを入力してください (&V):" @@ -1494,7 +1498,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1504,7 +1509,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1783,8 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" "%1\n" -"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強" -"く* お勧めします。\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" "また、特別な事情がない限り、キャンセルを押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1832,9 +1837,7 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることがで" -"きます。\n" +msgstr "btrfs ファイルシステムからサブボリュームを作成したり、サブボリュームを削除したりすることができます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." @@ -1857,13 +1860,15 @@ #. button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "削除" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "スナップショットの有効化" @@ -1943,8 +1948,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するもので" -"す。\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイル用のディレクトリに相当するものです。\n" "暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" "ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" "データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" @@ -1963,8 +1967,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなく" -"なります。\n" +"パスワードを忘れてしまった場合、お使いのファイルシステムにあったデータには全くアクセスできなくなります。\n" "パスワードの設定は慎重に行なってください。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n" "なおパスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、 2 回入力します。\n" "\n" @@ -2163,16 +2166,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定" -"しています。\n" +"システムマウントポイント (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home のいずれか) に FAT ファイルシステムを指定しています。\n" "この操作は行なうことができません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでく" -"ださい。" +msgstr "マウントポイントに不正な文字を使用しています。マウントポイントには \"`'!\"%#\" を使用しないでください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2282,9 +2282,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "対象のファイルシステムがマウント中の場合、そのファイルシステムのサイズを変更することはできません。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2399,7 +2397,8 @@ #. popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2470,7 +2469,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "btrfs デバイスを選択していません。" @@ -2486,7 +2486,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "いくつかの物理ボリュームの削除に失敗しました。" @@ -2560,9 +2561,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" @@ -2593,10 +2596,12 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" @@ -2612,9 +2617,11 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." @@ -2629,9 +2636,11 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "削除..." @@ -2670,9 +2679,11 @@ #. push button text #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概要 (&O)" @@ -2680,8 +2691,9 @@ #. push button text #. tab heading #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "使用済みデバイス (&U)" @@ -2833,8 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "このボリュームで使用しているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" -"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペ" -"ンド) で\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" "使用することができなくなります。\n" "\n" @@ -2902,16 +2913,21 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "サイズ" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大サイズ (%1)" @@ -2923,7 +2939,8 @@ #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "カスタムサイズ" @@ -2935,7 +2952,8 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "指定したサイズは正しくありません。サイズは %1 から %2 の間で指定してください。" @@ -3052,14 +3070,16 @@ msgstr "RAID の追加" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの追加" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "デバイスグラフ" @@ -3075,14 +3095,16 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "グラフファイルの保存が失敗しました。" #. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "マウントグラフ" @@ -3207,7 +3229,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "ハードディスクが選択されていません。" @@ -3229,8 +3252,7 @@ "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行なうと、\n" -" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されま" -"す。" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 上に存在している RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3239,7 +3261,8 @@ #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS RAID %1 を本当に削除してよろしいですか？" @@ -3262,8 +3285,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "パーティションが選択されていません。" @@ -3421,7 +3446,8 @@ msgstr "移動" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" @@ -3458,7 +3484,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "ハードディスク" @@ -3519,8 +3546,10 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "追加..." @@ -3731,7 +3760,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "ログ" @@ -3772,8 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" -"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場" -"合、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズのファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" "そのファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext @@ -3877,7 +3906,8 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "暗号ファイルが選択されていません。" @@ -3892,7 +3922,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "暗号ファイル" @@ -4038,12 +4069,14 @@ msgstr "物理エクステントサイズ (&P)" #. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "利用可能な物理ボリューム:" #. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "選択した物理ボリューム:" @@ -4060,8 +4093,7 @@ "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" -"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグルー" -"プの\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" "物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext @@ -4083,7 +4115,8 @@ #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "ストライプ" @@ -4111,14 +4144,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of " -"Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "論理ボリュームを 通常ボリューム として設定することもできます。\n" -"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状" -"態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよい" -"でしょう。" +"これは既定の設定であり、 Thin プロビジョニング の機能が登場する以前のLVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 @@ -4134,22 +4164,22 @@ msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" "This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." -msgstr "" -"さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 " -"Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" +msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリューム として設定することもできます。これは、 Thin プール から必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "論理ボリューム" #. heading for frame #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" @@ -4194,12 +4224,12 @@ "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" "\n" "LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" -"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブル" -"を適切に変更してください。" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "ボリュームグループが選択されていません。" @@ -4216,8 +4246,10 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "論理ボリュームが選択されていません。" @@ -4277,7 +4309,8 @@ #. heading #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "ボリューム管理" @@ -4348,7 +4381,8 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" @@ -4374,19 +4408,22 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未使用デバイス" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "インストールの概要" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" @@ -4419,9 +4456,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してくださ" -"い。" +msgstr "NFS 設定が利用できません。 yast2-nfs-client パッケージがインストールされているか確認してください。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4452,12 +4487,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will " -"not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: この RAID レベルはディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" -"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復" -"旧は不可能となります。\n" +"この RAID レベルには冗長性が ありません 。ドライブのうちの 1 台が破損すると、データの復旧は不可能となります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 @@ -4477,13 +4510,11 @@ msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" "of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is " -"lost\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5: この RAID レベルは多数のディスク管理と冗長性の保持の\n" "両方を兼ね備えています。この RAID レベルを設定するには 3 台以上のディスクが必要です。\n" -" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが" -"失われます。\n" +" 1 台のディスクが破損してもデータは安全なままですが、 2 台のディスクが同時に破損するとデータが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4504,10 +4535,8 @@ "of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" -" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの" -"合計容量、\n" -" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量" -"に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4520,7 +4549,8 @@ #. heading #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 種類" @@ -4569,14 +4599,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For " -"RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much." -"\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" -"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃" -"な設定値と\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" "なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -4587,12 +4614,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating " -"platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" -"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォー" -"マンスを提供します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、 \"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4604,7 +4629,8 @@ "mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "チャンクサイズ" @@ -4681,7 +4707,8 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "RAID が選択されていません。" @@ -4756,8 +4783,8 @@ #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" @@ -4796,7 +4823,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" @@ -4808,16 +4836,16 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "デバイス ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "デバイスパス" @@ -4877,12 +4905,10 @@ msgstr "" "規定のマウント方法 では、新しく作成する\n" "パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。 デバイス名 はカーネルが\n" -"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス" -" は、\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。 デバイス ID と デバイスパス は、\n" "ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" "永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。 UUID と\n" -"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウ" -"ントする方法です。\n" +"ボリュームラベル は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4897,14 +4923,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at " -"cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "新しく作成するパーティションの配置\n" -"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ" -"番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。 シリンダ は、ディスクのシリンダ番号を元に割り当てる従来の方法です。 最適 は\n" "Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" "もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換があるように割り当てます。\n" @@ -5098,7 +5122,8 @@ #. #. The items must have the `id() as their first element. #. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "分類" @@ -5194,8 +5219,7 @@ "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" "押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。 Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" "押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" -"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設" -"定することもできます。" +"\"%1\" から \"%2\" までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5294,8 +5318,7 @@ "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "tmpfs サイズ:\n" -"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けるこ" -"と\n" +"サイズの指定では、数字に続いて K (キロバイト),M (メガバイト),G (ギガバイト) の接尾語を付けること\n" "ができます。また、パーセント記号を付けると、メモリに対する割合を指定することもできます。" #. label text @@ -5330,8 +5353,7 @@ "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "読み込み専用でマウント:\n" -"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの" -"際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -5359,8 +5381,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "ユーザによるマウントを許可: \n" -"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。" -"\n" +"一般ユーザがそのファイルシステムをマウントできるようになります。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5374,14 +5395,12 @@ "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" "with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default " -"is false.\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" "システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" "/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" -"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができ" -"ます。\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <マウントポイント></tt> を実行すると、マウントを行なうことができます。\n" "(<マウントポイント> には、ファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" "既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" @@ -5398,8 +5417,7 @@ "Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" -"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定しま" -"す。\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" "既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text @@ -5486,8 +5504,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" -"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。</" -"p>\n" +"Windows パーティション内でファイル名の表示を行なう際に利用するキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5501,8 +5518,7 @@ "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT の短縮ファイル名に使用するコードページ: \n" -"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用" -"するコードページを指定します。\n" +"このコードページは、 FAT ファイルシステム内の短縮ファイル名に対して、その文字を変換する際に利用するコードページを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5527,12 +5543,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, " -"YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT サイズ:\n" -"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択す" -"ると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12, 16, 32 ビット) を指定します。 '自動' を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5562,8 +5576,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</" -"p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "ハッシュ関数: \n" "ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用する、ハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" @@ -5577,14 +5590,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility " -"with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel " -"versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" -"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネ" -"ル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4." -"x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs のバージョンを指定することができます。 '3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x 用に互換性を持たせることができます。 '3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5596,12 +5605,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 " -"bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のい" -"ずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5628,12 +5635,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file " -"system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "inode 領域の割合:\n" -"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定しま" -"す。\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5675,8 +5680,7 @@ "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "ログサイズ\n" -"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% で" -"す。\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。自動に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5714,14 +5718,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes " -"per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the " -"expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "ブロックサイズ:\n" -"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれ" -"かです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定し" -"ます。 \n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024, 2048, 4096 のいずれかです。 '自動' を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。 \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5741,12 +5741,9 @@ "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "inode ごとのバイト数:\n" -"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode " -"1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" -"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあ" -"まりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" -" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。</" -"p>\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。 YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +" inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5765,14 +5762,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved " -"for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit " -"for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位" -"で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約" -"上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "root 用に予約するブロックの割合: スーパーユーザ用に予約するブロック数をパーセント単位で指定します。既定では自動的にサイズが計算され、通常は 1 ギガバイトが予約されます。既定での予約上限は 5.0 で、下限は 0.1 です。" #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5800,8 +5791,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" -"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。</" -"p>\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -6054,9 +6044,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができませ" -"ん。" +msgstr "ディスク上にある他のパーティションが使用中であるため、パーティションを削除することができません。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" @@ -6402,10 +6390,8 @@ "is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) " -"はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" -"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデ" -"バイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +"マウント方法 には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかを表示しています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、 (UUID) は UUID によって、 (ID) はデバイス ID によって、 (Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 @@ -6417,8 +6403,7 @@ msgstr "" "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" "そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" -"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味し" -"ています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントしているか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" "このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、 YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6438,8 +6423,7 @@ "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" -"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプ" -"ションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6800,9 +6784,7 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "" -"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシス" -"テムを検査してください。" +msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているためサイズ変更できません。 Windows で該当のファイルシステムを検査してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 @@ -6862,8 +6844,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "提案では、ホームディレクトリに対して個別のパーティションを設定することも\n" -"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。</" -"p>" +"できます。また、ホームディレクトリに使用するファイルシステムはコンボボックスで選択できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 @@ -6932,4 +6913,3 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r94797 - trunk/yast/pt/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '15

10 Nov '15

Author: keichwa Date: 2015-11-10 13:48:08 +0100 (Tue, 10 Nov 2015) New Revision: 94797 Modified: trunk/yast/pt/po/packager.pt.po trunk/yast/pt/po/storage.pt.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/pt/po/packager.pt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/po/packager.pt.po 2015-11-10 12:47:36 UTC (rev 94796) +++ trunk/yast/pt/po/packager.pt.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) @@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-19 21:55+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Carlos Gonçalves <cgoncalves(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: pt\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt\n" ">\n" ">\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" Modified: trunk/yast/pt/po/storage.pt.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/pt/po/storage.pt.po 2015-11-10 12:47:36 UTC (rev 94796) +++ trunk/yast/pt/po/storage.pt.po 2015-11-10 12:48:08 UTC (rev 94797) @@ -6586,7 +6586,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 msgid "Installing required packages failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Falha na instalação dos pacotes necessários." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 #, fuzzy

1 0

← Newer
1
...
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
...
84
Older →

Jump to page: